Xenizo_fr_tn/en_tn_42-MRK.tsv

1	Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
2	MRK	front	intro	r2f2			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of Mark<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Mark<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1-13)<br>1. The ministry of Jesus in Galilee<br>- Early ministry (1:14-3:6)<br>- Jesus becomes more popular among the people (3:7-5:43)<br>- Moving away from Galilee and then returning (6:1-8:26)<br>1. Progress toward Jerusalem, repeated times when Jesus predicts his own death; the disciples misunderstand, and Jesus teaches them how difficult it will be to follow him (8:27-10:52)<br>1. Last days of ministry and preparation for final conflict in Jerusalem (11:1-13:37)<br>1. The death of Christ and the empty tomb (14:1-16:8)<br><br>### What is the Book of Mark about?<br><br>The Gospel of Mark is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Mark wrote much about how Jesus suffered and died on the cross. He did this to encourage his readers who were being persecuted. Mark also explained Jewish customs and some Aramaic words. This may indicate that Mark expected most of his first readers to be Gentiles.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Mark,” or “The Gospel according to Mark.” They may also choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Mark wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Mark?<br><br>The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was Mark. Mark was also known as John Mark. He was a close friend of Peter. Mark may not have witnessed what Jesus said and did. But many scholars think that Mark wrote in his gospel what Peter told him about Jesus.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What were Jesus’ teaching methods?<br><br>The people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in similar ways as other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What are the Synoptic Gospels?<br><br>The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”<br><br>The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.<br><br>### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?<br><br>In the gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” It is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In this passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” That means the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to the son of man to rule over the nations forever. And all the people will worship him forever.<br><br>Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. Therefore, Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])<br><br>Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.<br><br>### Why does Mark frequently use terms indicating short periods of time?<br><br>The Gospel of Mark uses the word “immediately” forty-two times. Mark does this to make the events more exciting and vivid. It moves the reader quickly from one event to the next.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Mark?<br><br>The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to include these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these verses, the translators can include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Mark’s Gospel.<br><br>* “If any man has ears to hear, let him hear.” (7:16)<br>* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:44)<br>* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:46)<br>* “And the scripture was fulfilled that says, ‘He was counted with the lawless ones’” (15:28)<br><br>The following passage in not found in the earliest manuscripts. Most Bibles include this passage, but modern Bibles put it in brackets ([]) or indicate in some way that this passage may not have been original to Mark’s Gospel. Translators are advised to do something similar as the modern versions of the Bible.<br><br>* “Early on the first day of the week, after he arose, he appeared first to Mary Magdalene, from whom he had cast out seven demons. She went and told those who were with him, while they were mourning and weeping. They heard that he was alive and that he had been seen by her, but they did not believe. After these things he appeared in a different form to two of them, as they were walking out into the country. They went and told the rest of the disciples, but they did not believe them. Jesus later appeared to the eleven as they were reclining at the table, and he rebuked them for their unbelief and hardness of heart, because they did not believe those who saw him after he rose from the dead. He said to them, ‘Go into all the world, and preach the gospel to the entire creation. He who believes and is baptized will be saved, and he who does not believe will be condemned. These signs will go with those who believe: In my name they will cast out demons. They will speak in new languages. They will pick up snakes with their hands, and if they drink anything deadly, it will not hurt them. They will lay hands on the sick, and they will get well.’ After the Lord had spoken to them, he was taken up into heaven and sat down at the right hand of God. The disciples left and preached everywhere, while the Lord worked with them and confirmed the word by the signs that went with them.” (16:9-20)<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3	MRK	1	intro	c6ep			0		# Mark 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-3, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “You can make me clean”<br>Leprosy was a disease of the skin that made a person unclean and unable to properly worship God. Jesus is capable of making people physically “clean” or healthy as well as spiritually “clean” or right with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>### “The kingdom of God is near”<br><br>Scholars debate whether the “kingdom of God” was present at this time or is something that is still coming. English translations frequently use the phrase “at hand,” but this can create difficulty for translators. Other versions use the phase “is coming” and “has come near.”
4	MRK	1	1	s8qp			0	General Information:	The book of Mark begins with the prophet Isaiah’s foretelling of the coming of John the Baptist, who baptizes Jesus. The author is Mark, also called John Mark, who is the son of one of the several women named Mary mentioned in the four Gospels. He is also the nephew of Barnabas.
5	MRK	1	1	i3bc	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
6	MRK	1	2	gu7i	figs-idiom	πρὸ προσώπου σου	1	before your face	This is an idiom that means “ahead of you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7	MRK	1	2	s28q	figs-you	προσώπου σου…τὴν ὁδόν σου	1	your face…your way	Here the word “your” refers to Jesus and is singular. When you translate this, use the pronoun “your” because this is a quote from a prophet, and he did not use Jesus’ name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
8	MRK	1	2	wry5		ὃς	1	the one who	This refers to the messenger.
9	MRK	1	2	kl12	figs-metaphor	κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου	1	will prepare your way	Doing this represents preparing the people for the Lord’s arrival. Alternate translation: “will prepare the people for your arrival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10	MRK	1	3	lkm3		φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	The voice of one calling out in the wilderness	This can be expressed as a sentence. Alternate translation: “The voice of one calling out in the wilderness is heard” or “They hear the sound of someone calling out in the wilderness”
11	MRK	1	3	v3n3	figs-parallelism	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ	1	Make ready the way of the Lord…make his paths straight	These two phrases mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
12	MRK	1	3	peh5	figs-metaphor	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Make ready the way of the Lord	“Get the road ready for the Lord.” Doing this represents being prepared to hear the Lord’s message when he comes. People do this by repenting of their sins. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear the Lord’s message when he comes” or “Repent and be ready for the Lord to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13	MRK	1	4	j798			0	General Information:	In these verses the words “he,” “him,” and “his” refer to John.
14	MRK	1	4	yg66		ἐγένετο Ἰωάννης	1	John came	Be sure your reader understands that John was the messenger spoken of by the prophet Isaiah in the previous verse.
15	MRK	1	5	u9yg	figs-metaphor	πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα καὶ οἱ Ἱεροσολυμεῖται πάντες	1	The whole country of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem	The words “whole country” are a metaphor for the people who live in the country and a generalization that refers to a great number of people, not to every single person. Alternate translation: “Many people from Judea and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
16	MRK	1	5	h8h7	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίζοντο ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν	1	They were baptized by him in the Jordan River, confessing their sins	They did these things at the same time. The people were baptized because they repented of their sins. Alternate translation: “When they repented of their sins, John baptized them in the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17	MRK	1	7	l7jd		ἐκήρυσσεν	1	He proclaimed	“John proclaimed”
18	MRK	1	7	g8fw	figs-metaphor	οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς, κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ	1	the strap of his sandals I am not worthy to stoop down and untie	John is comparing himself to a servant to show how great Jesus is. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to do the lowly task of removing his shoes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
19	MRK	1	7	q5m4		τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ	1	the strap of his sandals	At the time Jesus was on earth, people often wore sandals that were made of leather and tied to their feet with leather straps.
20	MRK	1	7	iz8v		κύψας	1	stoop down	“bend down”
21	MRK	1	8	e4qi	figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1	but he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit	This metaphor compares John’s baptism with water to the future baptism with the Holy Spirit. This means John’s baptism only symbolically cleanses people of their sins. The baptism by the Holy Spirit will truly cleanse people of their sins. If possible, use the same word for “baptize” here as you used for John’s baptism to keep the comparison between the two. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
22	MRK	1	9	u65k	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	It happened in those days	This marks the beginning of a new event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
23	MRK	1	9	gi39	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίσθη…ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου	1	he was baptized by John	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “John baptized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24	MRK	1	10	m5f6	figs-simile	τὸ Πνεῦμα ὡς περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	the Spirit coming down on him like a dove	Possible meanings are (1) this is a simile, and the Spirit descended upon Jesus as a bird descends from the sky toward the ground or (2) the Spirit literally looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
25	MRK	1	11	e6ke	figs-metonymy	φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν	1	A voice came out of the heavens	This represents God speaking. Sometimes people avoid referring directly to God because they respect him. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
26	MRK	1	11	s6f4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός…ὁ ἀγαπητός	1	beloved Son	This is an important title for Jesus. The Father calls Jesus his “beloved Son” because of his eternal love for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
27	MRK	1	12	yv6v			0	Connecting Statement:	After Jesus’ baptism, he is in the wilderness for 40 days and then goes to Galilee to teach and call his disciples.
28	MRK	1	12	gp1e		αὐτὸν ἐκβάλλει	1	compelled him to go out	“forced Jesus to go out”
29	MRK	1	13	w3ct		ἦν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	He was in the wilderness	“He stayed in the wilderness”
30	MRK	1	13	k45w	translate-numbers	τεσσεράκοντα ἡμέρας	1	forty days	“40 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
31	MRK	1	13	siu3		ἦν μετὰ	1	He was with	“He was among”
32	MRK	1	14	q12s	figs-activepassive	μετὰ…τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην	1	after John was arrested	“after John was placed in prison.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “after they arrested John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
33	MRK	1	14	ns6b		κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον	1	proclaiming the gospel	“telling many people about the good news”
34	MRK	1	15	i9a9		πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς	1	The time is fulfilled	“It is now time”
35	MRK	1	15	bs8j		ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the kingdom of God is near	“it is almost time for God to begin to rule over his people”
36	MRK	1	16	wl35		εἶδεν Σίμωνα καὶ Ἀνδρέαν	1	he saw Simon and Andrew	“Jesus saw Simon and Andrew”
37	MRK	1	16	z3j9	figs-explicit	ἀμφιβάλλοντας ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ	1	casting a net in the sea	The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “throwing a net into the water to catch fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
38	MRK	1	17	zui3		δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου	1	Come, follow me	“Follow me” or “Come with me”
39	MRK	1	17	mlc6	figs-metaphor	ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων	1	I will make you to become fishers of men	This metaphor means Simon and Andrew will teach people God’s true message, so others will also follow Jesus. Alternate translation: “I will teach you to gather men to me like you gather fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
40	MRK	1	19	g41w	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ	1	in the boat	It can be assumed that this boat belongs to James and John. Alternate translation: “in their boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
41	MRK	1	19	xl2m		καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα	1	mending the nets	“repairing the nets”
42	MRK	1	20	zjz5	figs-explicit	ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς	1	called them	It may be helpful to state clearly why Jesus called to James and John. Alternate translation: “called them to come with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
43	MRK	1	20	jd8i		τῶν μισθωτῶν	1	the hired servants	“servants who worked for them”
44	MRK	1	20	b2ci		ἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ	1	they followed him	James and John went with Jesus.
45	MRK	1	21	ee4j			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus teaches in the synagogue of the town of Capernaum on the Sabbath. By sending a demon out of a man he amazes the people in all the nearby area around Galilee.
46	MRK	1	21	d4mr		εἰσπορεύονται εἰς Καφαρναούμ	1	came into Capernaum	“arrived at Capernaum”
47	MRK	1	22	bsc9	figs-ellipsis	ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς	1	for he was teaching them as someone who has authority and not as the scribes	The idea of “teach” can be stated clearly when talking about “someone who has authority” and “the scribes.” Alternate translation: “for he was teaching them as someone who has authority teaches and not as the scribes teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
48	MRK	1	24	ra8g	figs-rquestion	τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ?	1	What do we have to do with you, Jesus of Nazareth?	The demons ask this rhetorical question meaning there is no reason for Jesus to interfere with them and that they desire him to leave them. Alternate translation: “Jesus of Nazareth, leave us alone! There is no reason for you to interfere with us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
49	MRK	1	24	m8gz	figs-rquestion	ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς	1	Have you come to destroy us?	The demons ask this rhetorical question to urge Jesus not to harm them. Alternate translation: “Do not destroy us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
50	MRK	1	26	ar6h		σπαράξαν αὐτὸν	1	threw him down	Here the word “him” refers to the demon-possessed man.
51	MRK	1	26	u7rn		φωνῆσαν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1	while crying out with a loud voice	The demon is the one who is crying out, not the man.
52	MRK	1	27	lqm1	figs-rquestion	συνζητεῖν πρὸς αὐτοὺς λέγοντας, τί ἐστιν τοῦτο? διδαχὴ καινή κατ’ ἐξουσίαν!…ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ!	1	they asked each other, “What is this? A new teaching with authority!…and they obey him!”	The people used the two questions to show how amazed they were. The questions can be expressed as exclamations. Alternate translation: “they said to each other, ‘This is amazing! He gives a new teaching, and he speaks with authority!…and they obey him!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
53	MRK	1	27	nfv2		ἐπιτάσσει	1	He commands	The word “He” refers to Jesus.
54	MRK	1	29	ybs7			0	Connecting Statement:	After healing the demon-possessed man, Jesus healed Simon’s mother-in-law and many other people.
55	MRK	1	30	ng3t	writing-participants	ἡ δὲ πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα	1	Now Simon’s mother-in-law was lying sick with a fever	The word “Now” introduces Simon’s mother-in-law to the story and gives background information about her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
56	MRK	1	31	qtw2		ἤγειρεν αὐτὴν	1	raised her up	“caused her to stand” or “made her able to get out of bed”
57	MRK	1	31	sff6	figs-explicit	ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός	1	the fever left her	You may want to make explicit who healed her. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her of the fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
58	MRK	1	31	i5br	figs-explicit	διηκόνει αὐτοῖς	1	she started serving them	You may want to make explicit that she served food. Alternate translation: “she provided them with food and drinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
59	MRK	1	32	b8sl			0	General Information:	Here the words “him” and “he” refer to Jesus.
60	MRK	1	32	d1i7	figs-hyperbole	πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας καὶ τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους	1	all who were sick or possessed by demons	The word “all” is an exaggeration to emphasize the great number of people who came. Alternate translation: “many who were sick or possessed by demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
61	MRK	1	33	grp2	figs-metonymy	ἦν ὅλη ἡ πόλις ἐπισυνηγμένη πρὸς τὴν θύραν	1	The whole city gathered together at the door	The word “city” is a metonym for the people who lived in the city. Here the word “whole” is probably a generalization to emphasize that most people from the city gathered. Alternate translation: “Many people from that city gathered outside the door” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
62	MRK	1	35	zi68			0	General Information:	Here the words “he” and “him” refer to Jesus.
63	MRK	1	35	z4kt			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus takes time to pray in the midst of his time of healing people. He then goes to towns throughout Galilee to preach, heal, and cast out demons.
64	MRK	1	35	rbb9		ἔρημον τόπον	1	a solitary place	“a place where he could be alone”
65	MRK	1	36	eia3		Σίμων καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Simon and those who were with him	Here “him” refers to Simon. Also, those with him include Andrew, James, John, and possibly other people.
66	MRK	1	37	vgc7	figs-hyperbole	πάντες ζητοῦσίν σε	1	Everyone is looking for you	The word “Everyone” is an exaggeration to emphasize the very many people who were looking for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Many people are looking for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
67	MRK	1	38	ve8a			0	General Information:	Here the words “he” and “I” refer to Jesus.
68	MRK	1	38	plm9		ἄγωμεν ἀλλαχοῦ	1	Let us go elsewhere	“We need to go to some other place.” Here Jesus uses the word “us” to refer to himself, along with Simon, Andrew, James, and John.
69	MRK	1	39	zs4i	figs-hyperbole	ἦλθεν…εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1	He went throughout all of Galilee	The words “throughout all” are an exaggeration used to emphasize that Jesus went to many locations during his ministry. Alternate translation: “He went to many places in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
70	MRK	1	40	i2af		ἔρχεται πρὸς αὐτὸν λεπρὸς, παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν καὶ γονυπετῶν λέγων αὐτῷ	1	a leper came to him, begging him and kneeling down and saying to him	“A leper came to Jesus. He knelt down and was begging Jesus and said”
71	MRK	1	40	m4j7	figs-ellipsis	ἐὰν θέλῃς, δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι	1	If you are willing, you can make me clean	In the first phrase, the words “to make me clean” are understood because of the second phrase. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to make me clean, then you can make me clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
72	MRK	1	40	u9ew		θέλῃς	1	you are willing	“want” or “desire”
73	MRK	1	40	e5am	figs-metaphor	δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι	1	you can make me clean	In biblical times, a person who had any of certain skin diseases was considered unclean until his skin had healed enough that he was no longer contagious. Alternate translation: “you can heal me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
74	MRK	1	41	l9jg	figs-idiom	σπλαγχνισθεὶς	1	Moved with compassion	Here the word “moved” is an idiom meaning to feel emotion about another’s need. Alternate translation: “Having compassion for him, Jesus” or “Jesus felt compassion for the man, so he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
75	MRK	1	41	qjz4	figs-ellipsis	θέλω	1	I am willing	It may be helpful to state what Jesus is willing to do. Alternate translation: “I am willing to make you clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
76	MRK	1	43	iw7t			0	General Information:	The word “him” used here refers to the leper whom Jesus healed.
77	MRK	1	44	a7hs		ὅρα μηδενὶ, μηδὲν εἴπῃς	1	Be sure to say nothing to anyone	“Be sure to not say anything to anyone”
78	MRK	1	44	xhu8	figs-explicit	σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ	1	show yourself to the priest	Jesus told the man to show himself to the priest so that the priest could look at his skin to see if his leprosy was really gone. The law of Moses required people to present themselves to the priest if they had been unclean but were no longer unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
79	MRK	1	44	w6b2	figs-synecdoche	σεαυτὸν δεῖξον	1	show yourself	The word “yourself” here represents the skin of the leper. Alternate translation: “show your skin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
80	MRK	1	44	ish7		μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1	a testimony to them	It is best to use the pronoun “them,” if possible, in your language. Possible meanings are (1) “a testimony to the priests” or (2) “a testimony to the people.”
81	MRK	1	45	m63p		ὁ δὲ ἐξελθὼν	1	But he went out	The word “he” refers to the man Jesus healed.
82	MRK	1	45	i91a	figs-metaphor	ἤρξατο…διαφημίζειν τὸν λόγον	1	began to spread the news widely	Here “spread the news widely” is a metaphor for telling people in many places about what had happened. Alternate translation: “began to tell people in many places about what Jesus had done” (See: and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
83	MRK	1	45	bn6r		ὥστε	1	so much that	The man spread the news so much that
84	MRK	1	45	l9es	figs-explicit	ὥστε μηκέτι αὐτὸν δύνασθαι φανερῶς εἰς πόλιν εἰσελθεῖν	1	that Jesus could no longer enter a town openly	This was the result of the man spreading the news so much. Here “openly” is a metaphor for “publicly.” Jesus could not enter the towns because many people would crowd around him. Alternate translation: “that Jesus could no longer enter a town publicly” or “that Jesus could no longer enter the towns in a way that many people would see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
85	MRK	1	45	d5lw		ἐρήμοις τόποις	1	remote places	“lonely places” or “places where no one lived”
86	MRK	1	45	z363	figs-hyperbole	πάντοθεν	1	from everywhere	The word “everywhere” is a hyperbole used to emphasize how very many places the people came from. Alternate translation: “from all over the region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
87	MRK	2	intro	zhb5			0		# Mark 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Sinners”<br><br>When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Fasting and Feasting<br><br>People would fast, or not eat food for a long time, when they were sad or were showing God that they were sorry for their sins. When they were happy, like during weddings, they would have feasts, or meals where they would eat much food. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fast]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>The Jewish leaders used rhetorical questions to show that they were angry because of what Jesus said and did and that they did not believe that he was God’s Son ([Mark 2:7](../../mrk/02/07.md)). Jesus used them to show the Jewish leaders that they were arrogant ([Mark 2:25-26](./25.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
88	MRK	2	1	se22			0	Connecting Statement:	After preaching and healing people throughout Galilee, Jesus returns to Capernaum where he heals and forgives the sin of a paralyzed man.
89	MRK	2	1	ir5j	figs-activepassive	ἠκούσθη ὅτι ἐν οἴκῳ ἐστίν	1	it was heard that he was at home	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the people there heard that he was staying at his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
90	MRK	2	2	d3iy	figs-explicit	καὶ συνήχθησαν πολλοὶ	1	So many gathered there	The word “there” refers to the house that Jesus stayed it in Capernaum. Alternate translation: “So many people gathered there” or “So many people came to the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
91	MRK	2	2	e7d4	figs-explicit	μηκέτι χωρεῖν, μηδὲ τὰ	1	there was no more space	This refers to there being no space inside the house. Alternate translation: “there was no more room for them inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
92	MRK	2	2	dps4		ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον	1	Jesus spoke the word to them	“Jesus spoke his message to them”
93	MRK	2	3	n643		αἰρόμενον ὑπὸ τεσσάρων	1	he was carried by four men	“four of them were carrying him.” It is likely that there were more than four people within the group that brought the man to Jesus.
94	MRK	2	3	c1vr		φέροντες…παραλυτικὸν	1	bringing a paralyzed man	“were bringing a man who was unable to walk or use his arms”
95	MRK	2	4	h3yn		μὴ δυνάμενοι προσενέγκαι αὐτῷ	1	could not get near him	“could not get close to where Jesus was”
96	MRK	2	4	v6ma		ἀπεστέγασαν τὴν στέγην…χαλῶσι	1	they removed the roof…they lowered	Houses where Jesus lived had flat roofs made of clay and covered with tiles. The process of making a hole in the roof can be explained more clearly or made more general so that it may be understood in your language. Alternate translation: “they removed the tiles from the part of the roof above where Jesus was. And when they had dug through the clay roof, they lowered” or “they made a hole in the roof above where Jesus was, and then they lowered”
97	MRK	2	5	trg9	figs-explicit	ἰδὼν…τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν	1	Seeing their faith	“Seeing the men’s faith.” Possible meanings are (1) that only the men who carried the paralyzed man had faith or (2) that the paralyzed man and the men who brought him to Jesus all had faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
98	MRK	2	5	hzg6	figs-metaphor	τέκνον	1	Child	The word “Son” here shows Jesus cared for the man as a father cares for a son. Alternate translation: “My son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
99	MRK	2	5	vd3i		ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	your sins are forgiven	If possible translate this in such a way that Jesus does not clearly say who forgives the man’s sins. Alternate translation: “your sins are gone” or “you do not have to pay for your sins” or “your sins do not count against you”
100	MRK	2	6	le6v	figs-metonymy	διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1	reasoned in their hearts	Here “their hearts” is a metonym for the people’s thoughts. Alternate translation: “were thinking to themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
101	MRK	2	7	yr5a	figs-rquestion	τί οὗτος οὕτως λαλεῖ?	1	How can this man speak this way?	The scribes used this question to show their anger that Jesus said “Your sins are forgiven.” Alternate translation: “This man should not speak this way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
102	MRK	2	7	sj6j	figs-rquestion	τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός	1	Who can forgive sins but God alone?	The scribes used this question to say that since only God can forgive sins, then Jesus should not say “Your sins are forgiven.” Alternate translation: “Only God can forgive sins!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
103	MRK	2	8	niy6		τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ	1	in his spirit	“in his inner being” or “in himself”
104	MRK	2	8	t87i		διαλογίζονται ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	they were thinking within themselves	Each of the scribes was thinking to himself; they were not talking to each other.
105	MRK	2	8	wga7	figs-rquestion	τί ταῦτα διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	Why are you thinking these things in your hearts?	Jesus uses this question to tell the scribes that what they are thinking is wrong. Alternate translation: “What you are thinking is wrong.” or “Do not think that I am blaspheming.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
106	MRK	2	8	s3m6	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	these things in your hearts	The word “hearts” is a metonym for their inner thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: “this inside yourselves” or “these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
107	MRK	2	9	wv5d	figs-rquestion	τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ…ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει?	1	What is easier to say to the paralyzed man…take up your bed, and walk’?	Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. Alternate translation: “I just said to the paralyzed man, ‘Your sins are forgiven.’ You may think that it is harder to say ‘Get up, take up your bed, and walk,’ because the proof of whether or not I can heal him will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks.” or “You may think that it is easier to say to the paralyzed man ‘Your sins are forgiven’ than it is to say ‘Get up, take up your bed, and walk.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
108	MRK	2	10	g4jn		ἵνα δὲ εἰδῆτε	1	But in order that you may know	“But so that you may know.” The word “you” refers to the scribes and the crowd.
109	MRK	2	10	jw9z	figs-123person	ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	that the Son of Man has authority	Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man.” Alternate translation: “that I am the Son of Man and I have authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
110	MRK	2	12	ki94		ἔμπροσθεν πάντων	1	in front of everyone	“while all the people there were watching”
111	MRK	2	13	ma6f			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus is teaching the crowd beside the Sea of Galilee, and he calls Levi to follow him.
112	MRK	2	13	t2sc		τὴν θάλασσαν	1	the sea	This is the Sea of Galilee, which is also known as the Lake of Gennesaret.
113	MRK	2	13	iw43		ὁ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν	1	the crowd came to him	“the people went where he was”
114	MRK	2	14	sc4g	translate-names	Λευεὶν τὸν τοῦ Ἁλφαίου	1	Levi son of Alphaeus	Alpheus was Levi’s father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
115	MRK	2	15	udb2			0	Connecting Statement:	It is now later in the day, and Jesus is at Levi’s house for a meal.
116	MRK	2	15	if3i		τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	Levi’s house	“the home of Levi”
117	MRK	2	15	qf38		ἁμαρτωλοὶ	1	sinners	people who did not obey the law of Moses but committed what others thought were very bad sins
118	MRK	2	15	bwv2		ἦσαν γὰρ πολλοὶ, καὶ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ	1	for there were many and they followed him	Possible meanings are (1) “for there were many tax collectors and sinful people who followed Jesus” or (2) “for Jesus had many disciples and they followed him.”
119	MRK	2	16	b1bi	figs-rquestion	μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει?	1	Why does he eat with tax collectors and sinners?	The scribes and Pharisees asked this question to show they disapproved of Jesus’ hospitality. This can be worded as a statement. Alternate translation: “He should not eat with sinners and tax collectors!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
120	MRK	2	17	ba3n			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus responds to what the scribes had said to his disciples about his eating with tax collectors and sinful people.
121	MRK	2	17	q8r6		λέγει αὐτοῖς	1	he said to them	“he said to the scribes”
122	MRK	2	17	ak1u	writing-proverbs	οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες	1	People who are strong in body do not need a physician; only people who are sick need one	Jesus used this proverb about sick people and doctors to teach them that only people who know that they are sinful realize that they need Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
123	MRK	2	17	mk6x		ἰσχύοντες	1	healthy	“healthy”
124	MRK	2	17	ca8h	figs-irony	οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς	1	I did not come to call righteous people, but sinners	Jesus expects his hearers to understand he came for those who want help. Alternate translation: “I came for people who understand they are sinful, not for people who believe they are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
125	MRK	2	17	ca4e	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς	1	but sinners	The words “I came to call” are understood from the phrase before this. Alternate translation: “but I came to call sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
126	MRK	2	18	zkz9	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus tells parables to show why his disciples should not fast while he is with them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
127	MRK	2	18	f1ds		οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες…οἱ μαθηταὶ τῶν Φαρισαίων	1	the Pharisees were fasting…the disciples of the Pharisees	These two phrases refer to the same group of people, but the second is more specific. Both refer to the followers of the Pharisee sect, but they do not focus on the leaders of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “the disciples of the Pharisees were fasting…the disciples of the Pharisees”
128	MRK	2	18	z394		ἔρχονται	1	they came	“Some men.” It is best to translate this phrase without specifying exactly who these men are. If in your language you have to be more specific, the possible meanings are (1) these men were not among John’s disciples or the disciples of the Pharisees or (2) these men were among John’s disciples.
129	MRK	2	18	vl3z		ἔρχονται καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ	1	they came and said to him	“came and said to Jesus”
130	MRK	2	19	eke3	figs-rquestion	μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν?	0	The wedding attendants cannot fast while the bridegroom is still with them, can they?	Jesus uses this question to remind the people of something they already know and to encourage them to apply it to him and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Wedding attendants do not fast while the bridegroom is with them. Rather they celebrate and feast.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
131	MRK	2	20	vg2u	figs-activepassive	ἀπαρθῇ…ὁ νυμφίος	1	the bridegroom will be taken away	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will go away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
132	MRK	2	20	c7ik		ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν…νηστεύσουσιν	1	taken away from them…they will fast	The word “them” and “they” refer to the wedding attendants.
133	MRK	2	21	v6xc	figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν	1	No one sews a piece of new cloth on an old garment	Sewing a piece of new cloth on an old garment will make the hole on an old garment worse if the piece of new cloth has not yet shrunk. Both the new cloth and old garment will be ruined. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
134	MRK	2	22	dw15	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to tell another parable. This one is about putting new wine into old wineskins rather than into new wineskins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
135	MRK	2	22	y7rw		οἶνον νέον	1	new wine	“grape juice.” This refers to wine that has not fermented yet. If grapes are unknown in your area, use the general term for fruit juice.
136	MRK	2	22	n7ha		ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς	1	old wineskins	This refers to wineskins that have been used many times.
137	MRK	2	22	fk15		ἀσκοὺς	1	wineskins	These were bags made out of animal skins. They could also be called “wine bags” or “skin bags.”
138	MRK	2	22	w35r		ῥήξει ὁ οἶνος τοὺς ἀσκούς	1	the wine will burst the skins	New wine expands as it ferments, so it would cause old, brittle wineskins to tear open.
139	MRK	2	22	bef2		ἀπόλλυται	1	will be destroyed	“will be ruined”
140	MRK	2	22	c9z6		ἀσκοὺς καινούς	1	fresh wineskins	“new wineskins” or “new wine bags.” This refers to wineskins that have never been used.
141	MRK	2	23	t8ni			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus gives the Pharisees an example from scripture to show why the disciples were not wrong to pick grain on the Sabbath.
142	MRK	2	23	jya1	figs-explicit	τίλλοντες τοὺς στάχυας	1	picking heads of grain	Plucking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. The question was whether it was lawful to do this on the Sabbath. The disciples picked the heads of grain to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. This can be worded to show the full meaning. Alternate translation: “pick heads of grain and eat the seeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
143	MRK	2	23	k3pa		τοὺς στάχυας	1	the heads of grain	The “heads” are the topmost part of the wheat plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant.
144	MRK	2	24	ng1d			0	Connecting Statement:	The Pharisees ask a question about what the disciples were doing (verse 23).
145	MRK	2	24	x5ll		ποιοῦσιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν	1	doing something that is not lawful on the Sabbath day	Plucking grain in others’ fields and eating it (verse 23) was not considered stealing. The question was whether it was lawful to do this on the Sabbath.
146	MRK	2	24	h41a	figs-rquestion	ἴδε, τί ποιοῦσιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν?	1	Look, why are they doing something that is not lawful on the Sabbath day?	The Pharisees ask Jesus a question to condemn him. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Look! They are breaking the Jewish law concerning the Sabbath.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
147	MRK	2	24	bf8w		ἴδε	1	Look	“Look at this” or “Listen.” This is a word used to get the attention of someone to show them something. If there is a word in your language that is used to draw a person’s attention to something, you could use that here.
148	MRK	2	25	dd1z			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to scold the Pharisees by asking them a question.
149	MRK	2	25	g1xw		λέγει αὐτοῖς	1	He said to them	“Jesus said to the Pharisees”
150	MRK	2	25	d236	figs-rquestion	οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ…οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ?	1	Have you never read what David…the men who were with him	Jesus asks this question to remind the scribes and Pharisees of something David did on the Sabbath. The question is very long, so it can be divided into two sentences. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
151	MRK	2	25	g8sf	figs-rquestion	οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ…αὐτὸς	1	Have you never read what David did…him	This can be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “Remember what you read about what David did…him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
152	MRK	2	25	r14d	figs-explicit	ἀνέγνωτε τί…Δαυεὶδ	1	read what David	Jesus refers to reading about David in the Old Testament. This can be translated showing the implicit information. Alternate translation: “read in the scriptures what David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
153	MRK	2	26	x3bb			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes asking the question he began in verse 25.
154	MRK	2	26	zmd3	figs-rquestion	πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ…τοῖς σὺν αὐτῷ οὖσιν?	1	how he went into the house of God…to those who were with him?	This can be expressed as a statement separate from verse 25. Alternate translation: “He went into the house of God…to those who were with him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
155	MRK	2	26	al82		πῶς εἰσῆλθεν	1	how he went	The word “he” refers to David.
156	MRK	2	26	y57j		τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως	1	bread of the presence	This refers to the twelve loaves of bread that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times.
157	MRK	2	27	i374	figs-activepassive	τὸ Σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο	1	The Sabbath was made for mankind	Jesus makes clear why God established the Sabbath. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God made the Sabbath for mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
158	MRK	2	27	u83s	figs-gendernotations	τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	mankind	“man” or “people” or “the needs of people.” This word here refers to both men and women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
159	MRK	2	27	s2yd	figs-ellipsis	οὐχ ὁ ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὸ Σάββατον	1	not mankind for the Sabbath	The words “was made” are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “mankind was not made for the Sabbath” or “God did not make mankind for the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
160	MRK	3	intro	x969			0		# Mark 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sabbath<br>It was against the law of Moses to do work on the Sabbath. The Pharisees believed healing a sick person on the Sabbath was “work,” so they said that Jesus did wrong when he healed a person on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”<br><br>No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The twelve disciples<br><br>The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:<br><br>In Matthew:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Mark:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Luke:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.<br><br>### Brothers and Sisters<br><br>Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])
161	MRK	3	1	cp3e			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus heals a man on the Sabbath in the synagogue and shows how he feels about what the Pharisees had done with the Sabbath rules. The Pharisees and Herodians begin to plan to put Jesus to death.
162	MRK	3	1	y5l9		ἄνθρωπος, ἐξηραμμένην ἔχων τὴν χεῖρα	1	a man with a withered hand	“a man with a crippled hand”
163	MRK	3	2	v2yj		παρετήρουν αὐτὸν, εἰ τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύσει αὐτόν	1	Some people watched him closely to see if he would heal him	“Some people watched Jesus closely to see if he would heal the man with the withered hand”
164	MRK	3	2	n5iz		παρετήρουν αὐτὸν	1	Some people watched him closely	“Some of the Pharisees.” Later, in [Mark 3:6](../03/06.md), these people are identified as Pharisees.
165	MRK	3	2	vr25	figs-explicit	ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ	1	so that they could accuse him	If Jesus were to heal the man that day, the Pharisees would accuse him breaking the law by the working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “so that they could accuse him of wrongdoing” or “so that they could accuse him of breaking the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
166	MRK	3	3	nm6w		εἰς τὸ μέσον	1	in our midst	“in the middle of this crowd”
167	MRK	3	4	mh3z	figs-rquestion	ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι…ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι?	1	Is it lawful to do good on the Sabbath…or to kill?	Jesus said this to challenge them. He wanted them to acknowledge that it is lawful to heal people on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
168	MRK	3	4	i71v	figs-parallelism	τοῖς Σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι	1	to do good on the Sabbath day or to do harm…to save a life or to kill	These two phrases are similar in meaning, except that the second is more extreme. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
169	MRK	3	4	vz6c	figs-ellipsis	κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι	1	to save a life or to kill	It may be helpful to repeat “is it lawful,” as that is the question Jesus is asking again in another way. Alternate translation: “is it lawful to save a life or to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
170	MRK	3	4	nut4	figs-metonymy	ψυχὴν	1	a life	This refers to physical life and is a metonym for a person. Alternate translation: “someone from dying” or “someone’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
171	MRK	3	4	w683		οἱ δὲ ἐσιώπων	1	But they were silent	“But they refused to answer him”
172	MRK	3	5	vr8q		περιβλεψάμενος	1	He looked around	“Jesus looked around”
173	MRK	3	5	nkk8		συνλυπούμενος	1	grieved	“was deeply saddened”
174	MRK	3	5	xwp9	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ τῇ πωρώσει τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν	1	by the hardness of their heart	This metaphor describes how the Pharisees were unwilling to have compassion on the man with the withered hand. Alternate translation: “because they were unwilling to have compassion on the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
175	MRK	3	5	e7fz		ἔκτεινον τὴν χεῖρα σου	1	Stretch out your hand	“Reach out with your hand”
176	MRK	3	5	c3qe	figs-activepassive	ἀπεκατεστάθη ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ	1	his hand was restored	This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus restored his hand” or “Jesus made his hand the way it was before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
177	MRK	3	6	dy5j		συμβούλιον ἐποίουν	1	began to plot	“began to make a plan”
178	MRK	3	6	nvk1		τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν	1	the Herodians	This is the name of an informal political party that supported Herod Antipas.
179	MRK	3	6	gjw2		ὅπως αὐτὸν ἀπολέσωσιν	1	as to how they might kill him	“how they might kill Jesus”
180	MRK	3	7	c13n			0	Connecting Statement:	A great crowd of people follows Jesus, and he heals many people.
181	MRK	3	7	h2v6		τὴν θάλασσαν	1	the sea	This refers to the Sea of Galilee.
182	MRK	3	8	bi1b		τῆς Ἰδουμαίας	1	Idumea	This is the region, previously known as Edom, which covered the southern half of the province of Judea.
183	MRK	3	8	mm5v		ὅσα ἐποίει	1	the things he was doing	This refers to the miracles Jesus was performing. Alternate translation: “the great miracles that Jesus was performing”
184	MRK	3	8	gra8		ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτόν	1	came to him	“came to where Jesus was”
185	MRK	3	9	q65h	figs-events		0	General Information:	Verse 9 tells what Jesus asked his disciples to do because of the large crowd of people around him. Verse 10 tells why such a large crowd was around Jesus. The information in these verses can be reordered to present the events in the order they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
186	MRK	3	9	zu5e		εἶπεν τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα πλοιάριον…μὴ θλίβωσιν αὐτόν	1	he told his disciples to have a small boat…not press against him	As the large crowd was pushing forward toward Jesus, he was in danger of being crushed by them. They would not crush him intentionally. It was just that there were so many people.
187	MRK	3	10	e86s	grammar-connect-words-phrases	πολλοὺς γὰρ ἐθεράπευσεν, ὥστε…ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας	1	For he healed many, so that everyone…to touch him	This tells why so many people were crowding around Jesus that he thought they might crush him. Alternate translation: “For, because Jesus had healed many people, everyone…to touch him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
188	MRK	3	10	ei4n	figs-ellipsis	πολλοὺς γὰρ ἐθεράπευσεν	1	For he healed many	The word “many” refers to the large number of people Jesus had already healed. Alternate translation: “For he healed many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
189	MRK	3	10	ge71	figs-explicit	ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ, ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας	1	everyone who had afflictions eagerly approached him in order to touch him	They did this because they believed that touching Jesus would make them well. This can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “all the sick people pushed forward eagerly trying to touch him so that they might be healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
190	MRK	3	11	g1r5		αὐτὸν ἐθεώρουν	1	saw him	“saw Jesus”
191	MRK	3	11	ca5i	figs-explicit	προσέπιπτον αὐτῷ καὶ ἔκραζον λέγοντα	1	they fell down before him and cried out and said	Here “they” refers to the unclean spirits. It is they who are causing the people they possess to do things. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “they caused the people they were possessing to fall down before him and to cry out to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
192	MRK	3	11	mcr9		προσέπιπτον αὐτῷ	1	they fell down before him	The unclean spirits did not fall down before Jesus because they loved him or wanted to worship him. They fell down before him because they were afraid of him.
193	MRK	3	11	xjy4		σὺ εἶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	You are the Son of God	Jesus has power over unclean spirits because he is the “Son of God.”
194	MRK	3	11	xf41	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
195	MRK	3	12	ay6j		πολλὰ ἐπετίμα αὐτοῖς	1	he sternly rebuked them	“Jesus strictly ordered the unclean spirits”
196	MRK	3	12	npi9		μὴ αὐτὸν φανερὸν ποιήσωσιν	1	they would not make him known	“not to reveal who he was”
197	MRK	3	13	ue15			0	General Information:	Jesus chooses the men he wants to be his apostles.
198	MRK	3	14	xc5r		ἵνα ὦσιν μετ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἵνα ἀποστέλλῃ αὐτοὺς κηρύσσειν	1	so that they might be with him and so that he might send them to preach	“so that they would be with him and he would send them to proclaim the message”
199	MRK	3	16	i7tf		ἐπέθηκεν ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι, Πέτρον	1	Simon, to whom he added the name Peter	The author begins to list the names of the twelve apostles. Simon is the first man listed.
200	MRK	3	17	cj3v		ἐπέθηκεν αὐτοῖς	1	to whom he added	The phrase “to whom” refers to both James son of Zebedee and his brother John.
201	MRK	3	17	n4gy	translate-names	ὀνόματα Βοανηργές, ὅ ἐστιν υἱοὶ βροντῆς	1	the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder	Jesus called them this because they were like thunder. Alternate translation: “the name Boanerges, which means men who are like thunder” or “the name Boanerges, which means thunder men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
202	MRK	3	18	mq9b	translate-names	Θαδδαῖον	1	Thaddaeus	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
203	MRK	3	19	r3zs		ὃς καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτόν	1	who also betrayed him	“who would betray Jesus” The word “who” refers to Judas Iscariot.
204	MRK	3	20	jxr5		καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς οἶκον	1	Then he entered into a house	“Then Jesus went to the house where he was staying.”
205	MRK	3	20	rq6k	figs-synecdoche	μὴ δύνασθαι αὐτοὺς μηδὲ ἄρτον φαγεῖν	1	they could not even eat bread	The word “bread” represents food. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples could not eat at all” or “they could not eat anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
206	MRK	3	21	bk6g		ἐξῆλθον κρατῆσαι αὐτόν	1	they went out to seize him	Members of his family went to the house, so that they could take hold of him and force him to go home with them.
207	MRK	3	21	uyl8		ἔλεγον γὰρ	1	for they said	Possible meanings for the word “they” are (1) his relatives or (2) some people in the crowd.
208	MRK	3	21	mf5q	figs-idiom	ἐξέστη	1	out of his mind	Jesus’ family uses this idiom to describe how they think he is acting. Alternate translation: “crazy” or “insane” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
209	MRK	3	22	yxd9		ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων, ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια	1	By the ruler of the demons he drives out demons	“By the power of Beelzebul, who is the ruler of the demons, Jesus drives out demons”
210	MRK	3	23	ji69	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus explains with a parable why it is foolish for people to think that Jesus is controlled by Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
211	MRK	3	23	gcy5		προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς	1	Jesus called them to himself	“Jesus called the people to come to him”
212	MRK	3	23	q8f3	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται Σατανᾶς Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλειν?	1	How can Satan cast out Satan?	Jesus asked this rhetorical question in response to the scribes saying that he cast out demons by Beelzebul. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Satan cannot cast out himself!” or “Satan does not go against his own evil spirits!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
213	MRK	3	24	b4z4	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ	1	If a kingdom is divided against itself	The word “kingdom” is a metonym for the people who live in the kingdom. Alternate translation: “If the people who live in a kingdom are divided against each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
214	MRK	3	24	k3bz	figs-metaphor	οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι	1	cannot stand	This phrase is a metaphor meaning that the people will no longer be united and they will fall. Alternate translation: “cannot endure” or “will fall”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
215	MRK	3	25	zcr1	figs-metonymy	οἰκία	1	house	This is a metonym for the people who live in a house. Alternate translation: “family” or “household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
216	MRK	3	26	w7na	figs-rpronouns	εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἀνέστη ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐμερίσθη	1	If Satan has risen up against himself and is divided	The word “himself” is a reflexive pronoun that refers back to Satan, and it is also a metonym for his evil spirits. Alternate translation: “If Satan and his evil spirits were fighting one another” or “If Satan and his evil spirits have risen up against each other and are divided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
217	MRK	3	26	df2f	figs-metaphor	ἐμερίσθη, οὐ δύναται στῆναι	1	he is not able to stand	This is a metaphor meaning he will fall and cannot endure. Alternate translation: “will cease to be united” or “cannot endure and has come to an end” or “will fall and has come to an end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
218	MRK	3	27	mvr6		διαρπάσει	1	he will plunder	to steal a person’s valuables and possessions
219	MRK	3	28	f6fq		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important.
220	MRK	3	28	p6sz		τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	the sons of men	“those who have been born of man.” This expression is used to emphasize peoples’ humanity. Alternate translation: “people”
221	MRK	3	28	rf7r		βλασφημήσωσιν	1	they may speak	speak
222	MRK	3	30	cm47		ἔλεγον	1	they were saying	“the people were saying”
223	MRK	3	30	sfa2	figs-idiom	πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον ἔχει	1	He has an unclean spirit	This is an idiom that means to be possessed by an unclean spirit. Alternate translation: “is possessed by an unclean spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
224	MRK	3	31	gef8		καὶ ἔρχονται ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Then his mother and his brothers came	“Then Jesus’ mother and brothers came”
225	MRK	3	31	h5zr		ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτὸν καλοῦντες αὐτόν	1	They sent for him, summoning him	“They sent someone inside to tell him that they were outside and to have him come out to them”
226	MRK	3	32	wms6		ζητοῦσίν σε	1	looking for you	“are asking for you”
227	MRK	3	33	qe8c	figs-rquestion	τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου?	1	Who are my mother and my brothers?	Jesus uses this question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “I will tell you who are really my mother and brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
228	MRK	3	35	dr45		ὃς…ἂν ποιήσῃ…οὗτος…ἐστίν	1	whoever does…that person is	“those who do…they are”
229	MRK	3	35	yr9i	figs-metaphor	οὗτος ἀδελφός μου καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν	1	that person is my brother, and sister, and mother	This is a metaphor that means Jesus’ disciples belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. Alternate translation: “that person is like a brother, sister, or mother to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
230	MRK	4	intro	f5ua			0		# Mark 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Mark 4:3-10 forms one parable. The parable is explained in 4:14-23.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:12, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Parables<br><br>The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth.
231	MRK	4	1	a6pk	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	As Jesus taught from a boat at the seaside, he told them the parable of the soils. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
232	MRK	4	1	i95e		τὴν θάλασσαν	1	the sea	This is the Sea of Galilee.
233	MRK	4	3	vqh3		ἀκούετε! ἰδοὺ…ὁ σπείρων	1	Listen! Behold, the farmer	“Pay attention! A farmer”
234	MRK	4	3	dr34		σπεῖραι	1	to sow his seed	All of the seeds that the farmer sowed are spoken of here as if they are one seed. “his seeds”
235	MRK	4	4	si37		ἐν τῷ σπείρειν, ὃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν	1	As he sowed, some seed fell on the road	“As he threw seed over the soil.” In different cultures people sow seeds differently. In this parable the seeds were sown by throwing the seeds over the land that was prepared for growing.
236	MRK	4	4	s95n		ὃ μὲν…κατέφαγεν αὐτό	1	some seed…devoured it	All of the seeds that the farmer sowed are spoken of here as if they are one seed. “some seeds…devoured them”
237	MRK	4	5	w853		ἄλλο…οὐκ εἶχεν…ἐξανέτειλεν…τὸ μὴ ἔχειν	1	Other seed…it did not have…it sprang…it did not have	All of the seeds that the farmer sowed are spoken of here as if they are one seed. “Other seeds…they did not have…they sprang…they did not have”
238	MRK	4	5	px9w		ἐξανέτειλεν	1	it sprang up	“the seed that landed on the rocky soil began to grow quickly”
239	MRK	4	5	le2a		γῆν	1	soil	This refers to the loose dirt on the ground in which you can plant seeds.
240	MRK	4	6	ee49	figs-activepassive	ἐκαυματίσθη	1	the plants were scorched	This refers to the young plants. This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “it scorched the young plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
241	MRK	4	6	hht3		διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ῥίζαν ἐξηράνθη	1	because they had no root, they dried up	“because the young plants had no roots, they dried up”
242	MRK	4	7	bw62		ἄλλο…συνέπνιξαν αὐτό…οὐκ ἔδωκεν	1	Other seed…choked it…it did not produce	All of the seeds that the farmer sowed are spoken of here as if they are one seed. See how you translated this in [Mark 4:3](../04/03.md). “Other seeds…choked them…they did not produce”
243	MRK	4	8	v3sr	figs-ellipsis	αὐξανόμενα, καὶ ἔφερεν εἰς τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν	1	increasing thirty, sixty, and even a hundred times	The amount of grain produced by each plant is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. Ellipsis is used here to shorten the phrases but they can be written out. Alternate translation: “Some plants bore thirty times as much as the seed that the man had planted, some produced sixty times as much grain, and some produced a hundred times as much grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
244	MRK	4	8	u327	translate-numbers	τριάκοντα…ἑξήκοντα…ἑκατόν	1	thirty…sixty…a hundred	“30…60…100.” These may be written as numerals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
245	MRK	4	9	p2us	figs-metonymy	ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear	Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase “has ears” here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to listen, listen” or “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
246	MRK	4	9	qxy4	figs-123person	ὃς ἔχει…ἀκουέτω	1	Whoever has…let him	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
247	MRK	4	10	u2nj		ὅτε ἐγένετο κατὰ μόνας	1	When Jesus was alone	This does not mean that Jesus was completely alone; rather, that the crowds were gone and Jesus was only with the twelve and some of his other close followers.
248	MRK	4	11	t9ee	figs-activepassive	ὑμῖν…δέδοται	1	To you is given	This can be stated in active form. “God has given you” or “I have given you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
249	MRK	4	11	q2az		ἐκείνοις…τοῖς ἔξω	1	to those who are outside	“but to those who are not among you.” This refers to all the other people who were not among the twelve or Jesus’ other close followers.
250	MRK	4	11	daw3	figs-ellipsis	ἐν παραβολαῖς τὰ πάντα γίνεται	1	everything is in parables	It can be stated that Jesus gives the parables to the people. Alternate translation: “I have spoken everything in parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
251	MRK	4	12	aj7t	figs-explicit	βλέποντες…ἀκούοντες	1	when they look…when they hear	It is assumed that Jesus is speaking about the people looking at what he shows them and hearing what he tells them. Alternate translation: “when they look at what I am doing…when they hear what I am saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
252	MRK	4	12	p4fv	figs-metaphor	βλέπωσι καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν	1	they look, but do not see	Jesus speaks of people understanding what they see as actually seeing. Alternate translation: “they look and do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
253	MRK	4	12	p9yr	figs-metaphor	ἐπιστρέψωσιν	1	they would turn	“turn to God.” Here “turn” is a metaphor for “repent.” Alternate translation: “they would repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
254	MRK	4	13	xc29			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus explains the parable of the soils to his followers and then tells them about using a lamp to show that hidden things will become known.
255	MRK	4	13	qzt4		καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς	1	Then he said to them	“Then Jesus said to his disciples”
256	MRK	4	13	fs1v	figs-rquestion	οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην, καὶ πῶς πάσας τὰς παραβολὰς γνώσεσθε?	1	Do you not understand this parable? How then will you understand all the other parables?	Jesus used these questions to show how sad he was that his disciples could not understand his parable. Alternate translation: “If you cannot understand this parable, think about how hard it will be for you to understand all the other parables.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
257	MRK	4	14	zu7y		ὁ σπείρων	1	The farmer	“The farmer who sows his seed represents”
258	MRK	4	14	rp6h	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	the word	The “word” represents God’s message. Sowing the message represents teaching it. Alternate translation: “the one who teaches people God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
259	MRK	4	15	cy3i		οὗτοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν	1	These are the ones that fall beside the road	“Some people are like the seeds that fall beside road” or “Some people are like the path where some of the seeds fell”
260	MRK	4	15	yf39		τὴν ὁδὸν	1	the road	“the path”
261	MRK	4	15	q5th		ὅταν ἀκούσωσιν	1	when they hear it	Here “it” refers to “the word” or “God’s message.”
262	MRK	4	16	ty3q	figs-metaphor	οὗτοί εἰσιν…οἱ	1	These are the ones	“And some people are like the seeds.” Jesus begins to explain how some people are like the seeds that fell on the rocky soil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
263	MRK	4	17	p5fr	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔχουσιν ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	They have no root in themselves	This is a comparison to the young plants that have very shallow roots. This metaphor means that the people were first excited when they received the word, but they were not strongly devoted to it. Alternate translation: “And they are like the young plants that have no roots” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
264	MRK	4	17	s5mh	figs-hyperbole	οὐκ…ῥίζαν	1	no root	This is an exaggeration to emphasize how shallow the roots were. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
265	MRK	4	17	l8xa	figs-explicit	γενομένης θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ διὰ τὸν λόγον	1	tribulation or persecution comes because of the word	It may be helpful to explain that tribulation comes because people believed God’s message. Alternate translation: “tribulation or persecution comes because they believed God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
266	MRK	4	17	t21w	figs-metaphor	σκανδαλίζονται	1	they stumble	In this parable, “stumble” means “stop believing God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
267	MRK	4	18	uu9b	figs-metaphor	ἄλλοι εἰσὶν οἱ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπειρόμενοι	1	Others are the ones that were sown among the thorns	Jesus begins to explain how some people are like the seeds that fell among the thorns. Alternate translation: “And other people are like the seeds that were sown among the thorns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
268	MRK	4	19	wa3k		αἱ μέριμναι τοῦ αἰῶνος	1	the cares of this age	“the worries in this life” or “the concerns about this present life”
269	MRK	4	19	jm32		ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου	1	the deceitfulness of riches	“the desires for riches”
270	MRK	4	19	s7s7	figs-metaphor	εἰσπορευόμεναι, συνπνίγουσιν τὸν λόγον	1	enter in and choke the word	As Jesus continues to talk about people who are like the seeds that fell among the thorns, he explains what the desires and worries do to the word in their lives. Alternate translation: “enter in and choke God’s message in their lives like thorns choke young plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
271	MRK	4	19	f4ip		ἄκαρπος γίνεται	1	it becomes unfruitful	“the word does not produce a crop in them”
272	MRK	4	20	axh1	figs-metaphor	ἐκεῖνοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν σπαρέντες	1	these are the ones that were sown in the good soil	Jesus begins to explain how some people are like the seeds that were sown in good soil. Alternate translation: “like the seeds that were sown in the good soil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
273	MRK	4	20	d3r7	figs-ellipsis	τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν	1	yields sixty, and another yields a hundred times	This refers to the grain that the plants produce. Alternate translation: “some produce thirty grains, some produce sixty grains, and some produce a hundred grains” or “some produce 30 times the grain that was sown, some produce 60 times the grain that was sown, and some produce 100 times the grain that was sown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] or [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
274	MRK	4	21	zzw7		καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς	1	He also said to them	“Jesus said to the crowd”
275	MRK	4	21	nn7e	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἔρχεται ὁ λύχνος ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην?	1	The lamp is not brought in order to put it under a basket, or under the bed, is it?	This question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You certainly do not bring a lamp inside the house to put it under a basket, or under a bed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
276	MRK	4	22	y5kn	figs-litotes	οὐ γάρ ἐστιν κρυπτὸν, ἐὰν μὴ ἵνα φανερωθῇ…ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν	1	For nothing is hidden except so that it will be revealed…come to light	This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “For everything that is hidden will be made known, and everything that is secret will come out into to open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
277	MRK	4	22	kc6k	figs-parallelism	οὐ…ἐστιν κρυπτὸν…οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον	1	nothing is hidden…nothing has happened in secret	“there is nothing that is hidden…there is nothing that is secret” Both of the phrases have the same meaning. Jesus is emphasizing that everything that is secret will be made known. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
278	MRK	4	23	k1a8	figs-metonymy	εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear	Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase “ears to hear” here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Mark 4:9](../04/09.md). Alternate translation: “If anyone is willing to listen, listen” or “If anyone is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
279	MRK	4	23	izg1	figs-123person	εἴ τις…ἀκουέτω	1	If anyone…let him hear	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Mark 4:9](../04/09.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
280	MRK	4	24	r2r1		ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς	1	He said to them	“Jesus said to the crowd”
281	MRK	4	24	zis1	figs-metaphor	ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε	1	for with that measure you use	Possible meanings are (1) Jesus is talking about a literal measure and giving generously to others or (2) this is a metaphor in which Jesus speaks of “understanding” as if it were “measuring.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
282	MRK	4	24	c4xp	figs-activepassive	μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν, καὶ προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be measured to you, and more will be added to you.	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will measure that amount for you, and he will add it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
283	MRK	4	25	i24l	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται αὐτῷ…καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτο	1	to him will be given more…even that which he has will be taken from him	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to him God will give more…from him God will take away” or “God will give more to him…God will take away from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
284	MRK	4	26	n1mq	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus then tells the people parables to explain the kingdom of God, which he later explains to his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
285	MRK	4	26	r5n7	figs-simile	οὕτως…ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον	1	like a man who sows his seed	Jesus likens the kingdom of God to a farmer who sows his seed. Alternate translation: “like a farmer who sows his seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
286	MRK	4	27	y5m5		καθεύδῃ καὶ ἐγείρηται, νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν	1	He sleeps and gets up, night and day	This is something that the man habitually does. Alternate translation: “He sleeps each night and gets up each day” or “He sleeps each night and gets up the next day”
287	MRK	4	27	c6jv		ὡς οὐκ οἶδεν αὐτός	1	though he does not know how	“though the man does not know how the seed sprouts and grows”
288	MRK	4	28	diz5		χόρτον	1	the blade	the stalk or sprout
289	MRK	4	28	cew8		στάχυν	1	the ear	the head on the stalk or the part of the plant that holds the fruit
290	MRK	4	29	ah9d	figs-metonymy	εὐθὺς ἀποστέλλει τὸ δρέπανον	1	he immediately sends in the sickle	Here “the sickle” is a metonym that stands for the farmer or the people whom the farmer sends out to harvest the grain. Alternate translation: “he immediately goes into the field with a sickle to harvest the grain” or “he immediately sends people with sickles into the field to harvest the grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
291	MRK	4	29	yd1d		δρέπανον	1	sickle	a curved blade or a sharp hook used to cut grain
292	MRK	4	29	hx6v	figs-idiom	ὅτι παρέστηκεν ὁ θερισμός	1	because the harvest has come	Here the phrase “has come” is an idiom for the grain being ripe for harvest. Alternate translation: “because the grain is ready to be harvested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
293	MRK	4	30	ivk2	figs-rquestion	πῶς ὁμοιώσωμεν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ ἐν τίνι αὐτὴν παραβολῇ θῶμεν?	1	To what can we compare the kingdom of God, or what parable can we use to explain it?	Jesus asked this question to cause his hearers to think about what the kingdom of God is. Alternate translation: “With this parable I can explain what the kingdom of God is like.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
294	MRK	4	31	w4l5		ὅταν σπαρῇ	1	when it is sown	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when someone sows it” or “when someone plants it”
295	MRK	4	32	x1xh	figs-personification	ποιεῖ κλάδους μεγάλους	1	it forms large branches	The mustard tree is described as causing its branches to grow large. Alternate translation: “with large branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
296	MRK	4	33	v2rp	figs-synecdoche	ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον	1	he spoke the word to them	“Word” here is a synecdoche for “the message of God.” The word “them” refers to the crowds. Alternate translation: “he taught the message of God to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
297	MRK	4	33	vhe5		καθὼς ἠδύναντο ἀκούειν	1	as they were able to hear	“and if they were able to understand some, he kept telling them more”
298	MRK	4	34	q2ht		κατ’ ἰδίαν	1	when he was alone	This means that he was away from the crowds, but his disciples were still with him.
299	MRK	4	34	gp99	figs-hyperbole	ἐπέλυεν πάντα	1	he explained everything	Here “everything” is an exaggeration. He explained all his parables. Alternate translation: “he explained all his parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
300	MRK	4	35	qua2			0	Connecting Statement:	As Jesus and his disciples take a boat to escape the crowds of people, a great storm arises. His disciples are afraid when they see that even the wind and the sea obey Jesus.
301	MRK	4	35	hc5b		λέγει αὐτοῖς	1	he said to them	“Jesus said to his disciples”
302	MRK	4	35	biy2		τὸ πέραν	1	the other side	“the other side of the Sea of Galilee” or “the other side of the sea”
303	MRK	4	37	sqj5	figs-idiom	γίνεται λαῖλαψ μεγάλη ἀνέμου	1	a violent windstorm arose	Here “arose” is an idiom for “began.” Alternate translation: “a violent windstorm began” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
304	MRK	4	37	at6u	figs-ellipsis	ἤδη γεμίζεσθαι τὸ πλοῖον	1	the boat was almost full of water	It may be helpful to state that the boat was filling up with water. Alternate translation: “the boat was in danger of being filled with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
305	MRK	4	38	qy5l		τῇ πρύμνῃ	1	the stern	This is at the very back of the boat. “the stern of the boat”
306	MRK	4	38	xdm6		ἐγείρουσιν αὐτὸν	1	they woke him up	The word “they” refers to the disciples. Compare a similar idea in the next verse, verse 39, “He got up.” “He” refers to Jesus.
307	MRK	4	38	b4xb	figs-rquestion	οὐ μέλει σοι ὅτι ἀπολλύμεθα?	1	do you not care that we are perishing?	The disciples asked this question to convey their fear. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “you need to pay attention to what is happening; we are all about to die!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
308	MRK	4	38	qtb3	figs-exclusive	ἀπολλύμεθα	1	we are perishing	The word “we” includes the disciples and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
309	MRK	4	39	yym6	figs-doublet	σιώπα, πεφίμωσο	1	Silence! Be still!	These two phrases are similar and used to emphasize what Jesus wanted the wind and the sea to do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
310	MRK	4	39	ag41		γαλήνη μεγάλη	1	a great calm	“a great stillness over the sea” or “a great calm over the sea”
311	MRK	4	40	h7n3		καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς	1	Then he said to them	“And Jesus said to his disciples”
312	MRK	4	40	w5n4	figs-rquestion	τί δειλοί ἐστε? οὔπω ἔχετε πίστιν	1	Why are you afraid? Do you still not have faith?	Jesus asks these questions to make his disciples consider why they are afraid when he is with them. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “You should not be afraid. You need to have more faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
313	MRK	4	41	u8e1	figs-rquestion	τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ ἡ θάλασσα ὑπακούει αὐτῷ?	1	Who then is this, because even the wind and the sea obey him?	The disciples ask this question in amazement at what Jesus did. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “This man is not like ordinary men; even the wind and the sea obey him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
314	MRK	5	intro	lh25			0		# Mark 05 General Notes<br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Talitha, koum”<br><br>The words “Talitha, koum” ([Mark 5:41](../../mrk/05/41.md)) are from the Aramaic language. Mark writes them the way they sound and then translates them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
315	MRK	5	1	fix1			0	Connecting Statement:	After Jesus calms the great storm, he heals a man who has many demons, but the local people in Gerasa are not glad about his healing, and they beg Jesus to leave.
316	MRK	5	1	gt8a		ἦλθον	1	They came	The word “They” refers to Jesus and his disciples.
317	MRK	5	1	ahx8		τῆς θαλάσσης	1	the sea	This refers to the Sea of Galilee.
318	MRK	5	1	vsc7	translate-names	τῶν Γερασηνῶν	1	the Gerasenes	This name refers to the people who live in Gerasa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
319	MRK	5	2	pf16	figs-idiom	ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ	1	with an unclean spirit	This is an idiom meaning that the man is “controlled” or “possessed” by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: “controlled by an unclean spirit” or “that an unclean spirit possessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
320	MRK	5	4	da4x	figs-activepassive	αὐτὸν πολλάκις…δεδέσθαι	1	He had been bound many times	This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “People had bound him many times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
321	MRK	5	4	nep6	figs-activepassive	τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι	1	his shackles were shattered	This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “he shattered his shackles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
322	MRK	5	4	fk7t		πέδαις	1	shackles	pieces of metal that people wrap around the arms and legs of prisoners and attach with chains to objects that do not move so the prisoners cannot move
323	MRK	5	4	tu2d	figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς ἴσχυεν αὐτὸν δαμάσαι	1	No one had the strength to subdue him	The man was so strong that no one could subdue him. Alternate translation: “He was so strong that no one was strong enough to subdue him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
324	MRK	5	4	gp74		αὐτὸν δαμάσαι	1	subdue him	“control him”
325	MRK	5	5	z9ah		κατακόπτων ἑαυτὸν λίθοις	1	cut himself with sharp stones	Often times when a person is possessed by a demon, the demon will cause the person to do self-destructive things, such as cutting himself.
326	MRK	5	6	y6c2	figs-explicit	καὶ ἰδὼν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ μακρόθεν	1	When he saw Jesus from a distance	When the man first saw Jesus, Jesus would have been getting out of the boat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
327	MRK	5	6	pw4y		προσεκύνησεν	1	bowed down	This means that he knelt down before Jesus out of reverence and respect, not out of worship.
328	MRK	5	7	ux6u	figs-events		0	General Information:	The information in these two verses may be reordered to present the events in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
329	MRK	5	7	tt7a		κράξας	1	he cried out	“The unclean spirit cried out”
330	MRK	5	7	ppu5	figs-rquestion	τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί Ἰησοῦ, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου?	1	What do I have to do with you, Jesus, Son of the Most High God?	The unclean spirit asks this question out of fear. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Leave me alone, Jesus, Son of the Most High God! There is no reason for you to interfere with me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
331	MRK	5	7	q8c8		Ἰησοῦ…μή με βασανίσῃς	1	Jesus…do not torment me	Jesus has the power to torment unclean spirits.
332	MRK	5	7	kd19	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου	1	Son of the Most High God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
333	MRK	5	7	p768		ὁρκίζω σε τὸν Θεόν	1	I beg you by God himself	Here the unclean spirit is swearing by God as he makes a request of Jesus. Consider how this type of request is made in your language. Alternate translation: “I beg you before God” or “I swear by God himself and beg you”
334	MRK	5	9	p6ye		ἐπηρώτα αὐτόν	1	He asked him	“And Jesus asked the unclean spirit”
335	MRK	5	9	h6ch	figs-metaphor	λέγει αὐτῷ, Λεγιὼν ὄνομά μοι, ὅτι πολλοί ἐσμεν.	1	He answered him, “My name is Legion, for we are many.”	One spirit was speaking for many here. He spoke of them as if they were a legion, a Roman army unit of about 6,000 soldiers. Alternate translation: “And the spirit said to him, ‘Call us an army, for many of us are inside the man.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
336	MRK	5	12	uk54		παρεκάλεσαν αὐτὸν	1	they begged him	“the unclean spirits begged Jesus”
337	MRK	5	13	iff6	figs-explicit	ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς	1	he allowed them	It may be helpful to state clearly what Jesus allowed them to do. Alternate translation: “Jesus allowed the unclean spirits to do what they asked permission to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
338	MRK	5	13	g3xx		εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, ὡς δισχίλιοι, καὶ ἐπνίγοντο ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ	1	into the sea, and about two thousand pigs drowned in the sea	You can make this a separate sentence: “into the sea. There were about two thousand pigs, and they drowned in the sea”
339	MRK	5	13	a28z	translate-numbers	ὡς δισχίλιοι	1	about two thousand pigs	“about 2,000 pigs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
340	MRK	5	14	lt8x	figs-ellipsis	εἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀγρούς	1	in the city and in the countryside	It can be stated clearly that the men gave their report to the people who were in the city and countryside. Alternate translation: “to people in the city and in the countryside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
341	MRK	5	15	qih4		τὸν λεγεῶνα	1	the Legion	This was the name of the many demons that were in the man. See how you translated this in [Mark 5:9](../05/09.md).
342	MRK	5	15	fb4b	figs-idiom	σωφρονοῦντα	1	in his right mind	This is an idiom meaning that he is thinking clearly. Alternate translation: “of a normal mind” or “thinking clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
343	MRK	5	15	yv69		ἐφοβήθησαν	1	they were afraid	The word “they” refers to the group of people who went out to see what had happened.
344	MRK	5	16	t4ez		οἱ ἰδόντες, πῶς ἐγένετο	1	Those who had seen what happened	“The people who had witnessed what had happened”
345	MRK	5	18	mwg9		ὁ δαιμονισθεὶς	1	the demon-possessed man	Though the man is no longer demon-possessed, he is still described in this way. Alternate translation: “the man who had been demon-possessed”
346	MRK	5	19	e21m	figs-explicit	καὶ οὐκ ἀφῆκεν αὐτόν	1	But Jesus did not permit him	What Jesus did not allow the man to do can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “But he did not allow the man to come with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
347	MRK	5	20	g8ed	translate-names	τῇ Δεκαπόλει	1	the Decapolis	This is the name of a region that means Ten Cities. It is located to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
348	MRK	5	20	y8vn	figs-ellipsis	πάντες ἐθαύμαζον	1	everyone was amazed	It may be helpful to state why the people were amazed. Alternate translation: “all the people who heard what the man said were amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
349	MRK	5	21	wyl3			0	Connecting Statement:	After healing the demon-possessed man in region of the Gerasenes, Jesus and his disciples return across the lake to Capernaum where the one of the rulers of the synagogue asks Jesus to heal his daughter.
350	MRK	5	21	t3dc	figs-ellipsis	τὸ πέραν	1	the other side	It may be helpful to add information to this phrase. Alternate translation: “the other side of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
351	MRK	5	21	lyt8		παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν	1	beside the sea	“on the seashore” or “on the shore”
352	MRK	5	21	p4p7		τὴν θάλασσαν	1	the sea	This is the Sea of Galilee.
353	MRK	5	22	v1dm	translate-names	Ἰάειρος	1	Jairus	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
354	MRK	5	23	jd27		ἐπιθῇς τὰς χεῖρας	1	lay your hands	“Laying on hands” refers to a prophet or teacher placing his hand on someone and imparting either healing or a blessing. In this case, Jarius is asking Jesus to heal his daughter.
355	MRK	5	23	kzz8	figs-activepassive	ἵνα σωθῇ καὶ ζήσῃ	1	that she may be made well and live	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and heal her and make her live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
356	MRK	5	24	d7zg	figs-explicit	καὶ ἀπῆλθεν μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	So he went with him	“So Jesus went with Jairus.” Jesus’ disciples also went with him. Alternate translation: “So Jesus and the disciples went with Jairus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
357	MRK	5	24	jgg5		συνέθλιβον αὐτόν	1	pressed close around him	This means they crowded around Jesus and pressed themselves together to be closer to Jesus.
358	MRK	5	25	rn7h			0	Connecting Statement:	While Jesus is on his way to heal the man’s little 12-year-old girl, a woman who has been sick for 12 years interrupts by touching Jesus for her healing.
359	MRK	5	25	e2cz	writing-participants	καὶ γυνὴ οὖσα	1	Now a woman was there	“Now” indicates that this woman is being introduced to the story. Consider how new people are introduced into a story in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
360	MRK	5	25	h58w	figs-euphemism	ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος δώδεκα ἔτη	1	with a flow of blood for twelve years	The woman did not have an open wound; rather, her monthly flow of blood would not stop. Your language may have a polite way to refer to this condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
361	MRK	5	25	idh9	translate-numbers	δώδεκα ἔτη	1	for twelve years	“for 12 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
362	MRK	5	26	vgh2		εἰς τὸ χεῖρον ἐλθοῦσα	1	she became worse	“her sickness got worse” or “her bleeding increased”
363	MRK	5	27	z2hg	figs-explicit	τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	the reports about Jesus	She had heard reports about Jesus of how he healed people. Alternate translation: “that Jesus healed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
364	MRK	5	27	v7h8		τοῦ ἱματίου	1	cloak	outer garment or coat
365	MRK	5	28	wge2	figs-activepassive	σωθήσομαι	1	I will be healed	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “it will heal me” or “his power will heal me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
366	MRK	5	29	c1vz	figs-activepassive	ἴαται ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγος	1	she was healed from her affliction	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the sickness had left her” or “she was no longer sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
367	MRK	5	30	ma2b		τὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν ἐξελθοῦσαν	1	that power had gone out from him	When the woman touched Jesus, Jesus felt his power healing her. Jesus himself did not lose any of his power to heal people when he healed her. Alternate translation: “that his healing power had healed the woman”
368	MRK	5	31	hb58		τὸν ὄχλον συνθλίβοντά σε	1	this crowd pressed in on you	This means they crowded around Jesus and pressed themselves together to be closer to Jesus. See how you translated this in [Mark 5:24](../05/24.md).
369	MRK	5	33	yn9g		προσέπεσεν αὐτῷ	1	fell down before him	“knelt down before him.” She knelt down before Jesus as an act of honor and submission.
370	MRK	5	33	b6kz	figs-ellipsis	εἶπεν αὐτῷ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1	told him the whole truth	The phrase “the whole truth” refers to how she had touched him and became well. Alternate translation: “told him the whole truth about how she had touched him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
371	MRK	5	34	gbk8		θυγάτηρ	1	Daughter	Jesus was using this term figuratively to refer to the woman as a believer.
372	MRK	5	34	a5qw		ἡ πίστις σου	1	your faith	“your faith in me”
373	MRK	5	35	kmm7		ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος	1	While he was speaking	“While Jesus was speaking”
374	MRK	5	35	ld5e		ἔρχονται ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου	1	some people came from the synagogue leader’s house	Possible meanings are (1) these people had come from Jarius’ house or (2) Jairus had previously given these people orders to go see Jesus or (3) these people had been sent by the man who was presiding as the synagogue leader in Jairus’ absence.
375	MRK	5	35	akl8		τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου	1	the synagogue leader’s house	The “leader of the synagogue” is Jairus.
376	MRK	5	35	ip1p		λέγοντες	1	saying	“synagogue, saying to Jairus”
377	MRK	5	35	t2wd	figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον?	1	Why trouble the teacher any longer?	This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is useless to bother the teacher any longer.” or “There no need to bother the teacher any longer.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
378	MRK	5	35	c5c1		τὸν διδάσκαλον	1	the teacher	This refers to Jesus.
379	MRK	5	36	zei3	figs-events		0	General Information:	The information in verses 37 and 38 may be reordered to present the events in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
380	MRK	5	36	ge2r		μόνον πίστευε	1	Just believe	If necessary, you can state what Jesus is commanding Jairus to believe. Alternate translation: “Just believe I can make you daughter live”
381	MRK	5	37	y884		οὐκ ἀφῆκεν	1	He did not permit	Jesus did not permit
382	MRK	5	37	ed49	figs-explicit	μετ’ αὐτοῦ συνακολουθῆσαι	1	to accompany him	“to come with him.” It may be helpful to state where they were going. Alternate translation: “to accompany him to Jairus’ house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
383	MRK	5	38	t154		θεωρεῖ	1	he saw	Jesus saw
384	MRK	5	39	m7pu		λέγει αὐτοῖς	1	he said to them	“Jesus said to the people who were weeping”
385	MRK	5	39	a3ih	figs-rquestion	τί θορυβεῖσθε καὶ κλαίετε?	1	Why are you upset and why do you weep?	Jesus asked this question to help them see their lack of faith. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is not a time to be upset and crying.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
386	MRK	5	39	g83c		τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει	1	The child is not dead but sleeps	Jesus uses the common word for sleep, and so should the translation.
387	MRK	5	40	jm38		κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ	1	They laughed at him	Jesus used the common word for sleep (verse 39). The reader should understand that the people who hear Jesus laugh at him because they truly do know the difference between a dead person and a sleeping person and they think he does not.
388	MRK	5	40	tkl7		ἐκβαλὼν πάντας	1	put them all outside	“sent all the other people outside the house”
389	MRK	5	40	mi3u		τοὺς μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	those who were with him	This refers to Peter, James, and John.
390	MRK	5	40	wca3	figs-explicit	εἰσπορεύεται ὅπου ἦν τὸ παιδίον	1	went in where the child was	It may be helpful to state where the child is. Alternate translation: “went into the room where the child was lying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
391	MRK	5	41	hx3c	translate-transliterate	ταλιθὰ, κοῦμ!	1	Talitha, koum!	This is an Aramaic sentence, which Jesus spoke to the little girl in her language. Write these words as is with your alphabet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
392	MRK	5	42	pt5t	translate-numbers	ἦν…ἐτῶν δώδεκα	1	she was twelve years of age	“she was 12 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
393	MRK	5	43	i5ja	figs-quotations	διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἵνα μηδεὶς γνοῖ τοῦτο, καὶ	1	He strictly ordered them that no one should know about this. He also	This can be stated as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “He ordered them strictly, ‘No one should know about this!’ Then” or “He ordered them strictly, ‘Do not tell anyone about what I have done!’ Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
394	MRK	5	43	ij1k		διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς πολλὰ	1	He strictly ordered them	“He strongly commanded them”
395	MRK	5	43	n29k	figs-quotations	καὶ εἶπεν δοθῆναι αὐτῇ φαγεῖν	1	He also told them to give her something to eat	This can be stated as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “And he told them, ‘Give her something to eat.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
396	MRK	6	intro	kl7n			0		# Mark 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Anointed with oil”<br><br>In the ancient Near East, people would try to heal sick people by putting olive oil on them.
397	MRK	6	1	mi7z			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus returns to his hometown, where he is not accepted.
398	MRK	6	1	mjr1		τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ	1	his hometown	This refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up and where his family lived. This does not mean that he owned land there.
399	MRK	6	2	y4xj		τίς ἡ σοφία ἡ δοθεῖσα τούτῳ	1	What is this wisdom that has been given to him?	This question, which contains passive construction, can be asked in active form. Alternate translation: “What is this wisdom that he has gained?”
400	MRK	6	2	s1xy		διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ γινόμεναι	1	that are being done by his hands	This phrase emphasizes that Jesus himself does the miracles. Alternate translation: “that he himself works”
401	MRK	6	3	s3wl	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς Μαρίας, καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου, καὶ Ἰωσῆτος, καὶ Ἰούδα, καὶ Σίμωνος? καὶ οὐκ εἰσὶν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς?	1	Is this not the carpenter, the son of Mary and the brother of James and Joses and Judas and Simon? Are his sisters not here with us?	These questions can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “He is just an ordinary carpenter! We know him and his family. We know Mary his mother. We know his younger brothers James, Joses, Judas and Simon. And his younger sisters also live here with us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
402	MRK	6	4	ni6w		αὐτοῖς	1	to them	“to the crowd”
403	MRK	6	4	l436	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος, εἰ μὴ	1	A prophet is not without honor, except	This sentence uses a double negative to create emphasis of the positive equivalent. Alternate translation: “A prophet is always honored, except” or “The only place a prophet is not honored is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
404	MRK	6	5	k9gh		ὀλίγοις ἀρρώστοις, ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας	1	to lay his hands on a few sick people	Prophets and teachers would put their hands on people in order to heal them or bless them. In this case, Jesus was healing people.
405	MRK	6	7	w7qq	translate-versebridge		0	General Information:	Jesus’ instructions in verses 8 and 9 can be reordered to separate what he told the disciples to do from what he told them not to do, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
406	MRK	6	7	g5um			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus sends his disciples out in sets of two to preach and to heal.
407	MRK	6	7	pmq4		προσκαλεῖται τοὺς δώδεκα	1	he called the twelve	Here the word “called” means that he summoned the twelve to come to him.
408	MRK	6	7	d6sx	translate-numbers	δύο δύο	1	two by two	“2 by 2” or “in pairs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
409	MRK	6	8	t9a2	figs-synecdoche	μὴ ἄρτον	1	no bread	Here “bread” is a synecdoche for food in general. Alternate translation: “no food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
410	MRK	6	10	wv9h		ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς	1	He said to them	“Jesus said to the twelve”
411	MRK	6	10	h31d	figs-metonymy	μένετε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε ἐκεῖθεν	1	remain until you go away from there	Here “remain” represents daily going back to that house to eat and sleep there. Alternate translation: “eat and sleep in that house until you leave that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
412	MRK	6	11	b2kb	figs-explicit	εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1	as a testimony to them	“as a testimony against them.” It may be helpful to explain how this action was a testimony to them. “as a testimony to them. By doing that, you will be testifying that they did not welcome you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
413	MRK	6	12	sqt2	figs-ellipsis	ἐξελθόντες	1	They went out	The word “They” refers to the twelve and does not include Jesus. Also, it may be helpful to state that they went out to various towns. Alternate translation: “They went out to various towns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
414	MRK	6	12	ld7a	figs-metaphor	μετανοῶσιν	1	people should repent	Here “turn away from” is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: “stop sinning” or “repent of their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
415	MRK	6	13	i7eq	figs-ellipsis	δαιμόνια πολλὰ ἐξέβαλλον	1	They cast out many demons	It may be helpful to state that they cast the demons out of people. Alternate translation: “They cast many demons out of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
416	MRK	6	14	y69r			0	Connecting Statement:	When Herod hears about Jesus’ miracles, he worries, thinking that someone has raised John the Baptist from the dead. (Herod had caused John the Baptist to be killed.)
417	MRK	6	14	f9um		ἤκουσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἡρῴδης	1	King Herod heard this	The word “this” refers to everything that Jesus and his disciples had been doing in various towns, including casting out demons and healing people.
418	MRK	6	14	sc6s	figs-explicit	ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται	1	Some were saying, “John the Baptist has been raised	Some people were saying that Jesus was John the Baptist. This can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: “Some were saying, ‘He is John the Baptist who has been” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
419	MRK	6	14	cb7p	figs-activepassive	Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται	1	John the Baptist has been raised	“Raised” here is an idiom for “caused to live again.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist has been caused to live again” or “God has caused John the Baptist to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
420	MRK	6	15	fgy3	figs-explicit	ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐστίν	1	But some others said, “He is Elijah.”	It may be helpful to state why some people thought he was Elijah. Alternate translation: “Some others said, ‘He is Elijah, whom God promised to send back again.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
421	MRK	6	16	bg3k	writing-background		0	General Information:	In verse 17 the author begins to give background information about Herod and why he beheaded John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
422	MRK	6	16	ym2w	figs-metonymy	ὃν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα	1	whom I beheaded	Here Herod uses the word “I” to refer to himself. The word “I” is a metonym for Herod’s soldiers. Alternate translation: “whom I commanded my soldiers to behead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
423	MRK	6	16	n6nq	figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη	1	has been raised	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “has become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
424	MRK	6	17	vpr7	figs-activepassive	ὁ Ἡρῴδης, ἀποστείλας ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἐν φυλακῇ	1	Herod sent to have John arrested and he had him bound in prison	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John and had them bind him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
425	MRK	6	17	i7bw		ἀποστείλας	1	sent to have	“ordered to have”
426	MRK	6	17	a5du		διὰ Ἡρῳδιάδα	1	on account of Herodias	“because of Herodias”
427	MRK	6	17	sf6r	translate-names	τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	his brother Philip’s wife	“the wife of his brother Philip.” Herod’s brother Philip is not the same Philip who was an evangelist in the book of Acts or the Philip who was one of Jesus’ twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
428	MRK	6	17	yn6x		ὅτι αὐτὴν ἐγάμησεν	1	because he had married her	“because Herod had married her”
429	MRK	6	19	x35v	figs-metonymy	ἤθελεν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι, καὶ οὐκ ἠδύνατο	1	wanted to kill him, but she could not	Herodias is the subject of this phrase and “she” is a metonym as she wants someone else to execute John. Alternate translation: “she wanted someone to kill him, but she could not have him killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
430	MRK	6	20	k8wa	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης ἐφοβεῖτο τὸν Ἰωάννην, εἰδὼς	1	for Herod feared John; he knew	These two clauses can be linked differently to show more clearly why Herod feared John. Alternate translation: “for Herod feared John because he knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
431	MRK	6	20	fj95		εἰδὼς αὐτὸν ἄνδρα δίκαιον	1	he knew that he was a righteous man	“Herod knew that John was a righteous”
432	MRK	6	20	i5de		ἀκούσας αὐτοῦ	1	Listening to him	“Listening to John”
433	MRK	6	21	xi2t	writing-background		0	Connecting Statement:	The author continues to give background information about Herod and the beheading of John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
434	MRK	6	21	m54q		δεῖπνον ἐποίησεν, τοῖς μεγιστᾶσιν αὐτοῦ…τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1	he made a dinner for his officials…of Galilee	Here the word “he” refers to Herod and is a metonym for his servant whom he would have commanded to prepare a meal. Alternate translation: “he had a dinner made for his officials…of Galilee” or “he invited his officials…of Galilee to eat and celebrate with him”
435	MRK	6	21	h5x9		δεῖπνον	1	a dinner	a formal meal or banquet
436	MRK	6	22	a1d7	figs-rpronouns	αὐτοῦ Ἡρῳδιάδος	1	Herodias herself	The word “herself” is a reflexive pronoun used to emphasize that it was significant that it was Herodias’ own daughter who danced at the dinner. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
437	MRK	6	22	nir8		εἰσελθούσης	1	came in	“came into the room”
438	MRK	6	23	qr1w		ἐάν με αἰτήσῃς…τῆς βασιλείας μου	1	Whatever you ask of me…my kingdom	“I will give you up to half of what I own and rule, if you ask for it”
439	MRK	6	24	jky3		ἐξελθοῦσα	1	she went out	“went out of the room”
440	MRK	6	25	ap2w		πίνακι	1	on a platter	“on a board” or “on a large wooden dish”
441	MRK	6	26	c1gn	figs-explicit	διὰ τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τοὺς συνανακειμένους	1	because of the oath he had made and because of his dinner guests	The content of the oath, and the relationship between the oath and the dinner guests can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “because his dinner guests had heard him make the oath that he would give her anything she asked for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
442	MRK	6	28	k51v		ἐπὶ πίνακι	1	on a platter	“on a tray”
443	MRK	6	29	f3xg		ἀκούσαντες, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	When his disciples heard of this	“When John’s disciples”
444	MRK	6	30	gm4a			0	Connecting Statement:	After the disciples return from preaching and healing, they go somewhere to be alone, but there are many people who come to hear Jesus teach. When it becomes late, he feeds the people and then sends everyone away while he prays alone.
445	MRK	6	31	wu9z		ἔρημον τόπον	1	a deserted place	a place where there are no people
446	MRK	6	31	p1c9		ἦσαν…οἱ ἐρχόμενοι καὶ οἱ ὑπάγοντες πολλοί	1	many were coming and going	This means that people were continually coming to the apostles and then going away from them.
447	MRK	6	31	a8q1		οὐδὲ…εὐκαίρουν	1	they did not even have time	The word “they” refers to the apostles.
448	MRK	6	32	dp4l		καὶ ἀπῆλθον	1	So they went away	Here the word “they” includes both the apostles and Jesus.
449	MRK	6	33	x5un		εἶδον αὐτοὺς ὑπάγοντας	1	they saw them leaving	“the people saw Jesus and the apostles leaving”
450	MRK	6	33	r1jh		πεζῇ	1	on foot	The people are going on foot by land, which contrasts with how the disciples went by boat.
451	MRK	6	34	b7zp		εἶδεν πολὺν ὄχλον	1	he saw a great crowd	“Jesus saw a great crowd”
452	MRK	6	34	j1td	figs-simile	ἦσαν ὡς πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα	1	they were like sheep without a shepherd	Jesus compares the people to sheep who are confused when they do not have their shepherd to lead them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
453	MRK	6	35	sei9	figs-idiom	καὶ ἤδη ὥρας πολλῆς γενομένης	1	When the hour was already late	This means it was late in the day. Alternate translation: “When it was getting late” or “Late in the afternoon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
454	MRK	6	35	hz4h		ἔρημός ἐστιν ὁ τόπος	1	This place is deserted,	This refers to a place where there are no people. See how you translated this in [Mark 6:31](../06/31.md).
455	MRK	6	37	am7m		ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς	1	But he answered and said to them	“But Jesus answered and said to his disciples”
456	MRK	6	37	cts5	figs-rquestion	ἀπελθόντες, ἀγοράσωμεν δηναρίων διακοσίων ἄρτους, καὶ δώσομεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν?	1	Should we go and buy two hundred denarii worth of bread and give it to them to eat?	The disciples ask this question to say that there is no way they could afford to buy enough food for this crowd. Alternate translation: “We could not buy enough bread to feed this crowd, even if we had two hundred denarii!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
457	MRK	6	37	hs21	translate-bmoney	δηναρίων διακοσίων	1	two hundred denarii	“200 denarii.” The singular form of the word “denarii” is “denarius.” A denarius was a Roman silver coin worth one day’s wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
458	MRK	6	38	h61r		ἄρτους	1	of bread	lumps of bread dough that have been shaped and baked
459	MRK	6	39	xgb6		τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ	1	the green grass	Describe the grass with the color word used in your language for healthy grass, which may or may not be the color green.
460	MRK	6	40	e4cb	translate-numbers	πρασιαὶ, κατὰ ἑκατὸν καὶ κατὰ πεντήκοντα	1	groups of hundreds and fifties	This refers to the number of people in each of the groups. Alternate translation: “about fifty people in some groups and about a hundred people in other groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
461	MRK	6	41	l8q3		ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	looking up to heaven	This means that he looked up toward the sky, which is associated with the place where God lives.
462	MRK	6	41	gr6v		εὐλόγησεν	1	he blessed	“he spoke a blessing” or “he gave thanks”
463	MRK	6	41	r49p		καὶ τοὺς δύο ἰχθύας ἐμέρισεν πᾶσιν	1	He also divided the two fish among them all	“he divided the two fish so that everyone could have some”
464	MRK	6	43	rq7a		ἦραν	1	They took up	Possible meaning are (1) “The disciples took up” or (2) “The people took up.”
465	MRK	6	43	sk2v		κλάσματα δώδεκα κοφίνων πληρώματα	1	twelve baskets full of broken pieces	“twelve baskets full of broken pieces of bread”
466	MRK	6	43	xk9h	translate-numbers	δώδεκα κοφίνων	1	twelve baskets	“12 baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
467	MRK	6	44	v4m3	translate-numbers	πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες	1	five thousand men	“5,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
468	MRK	6	44	u413	figs-explicit	ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες τοὺς ἄρτους, πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες	1	There were five thousand men who ate the loaves	The number of women and children was not counted. If it would not be understood that women and children were present, it can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “And there were five thousand men who ate the loaves. They did not even count the women and children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
469	MRK	6	45	bc6z	figs-ellipsis	εἰς τὸ πέραν	1	to the other side	This refers to the Sea of Galilee. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
470	MRK	6	45	y3ve	translate-names	Βηθσαϊδάν	1	Bethsaida	This is a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
471	MRK	6	46	l6az		ἀποταξάμενος αὐτοῖς	1	When they were gone	“When the people had left”
472	MRK	6	48	rvu4			0	Connecting Statement:	A storm arises while the disciples are trying to cross the lake. Seeing Jesus walking on the water terrifies them. They do not understand how Jesus can calm the storm.
473	MRK	6	48	g7ka	translate-ordinal	τετάρτην φυλακὴν	1	fourth watch	This is the time between 3 a.m. and sunrise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
474	MRK	6	49	s8cd		φάντασμά	1	a ghost	the spirit of a dead person or some other kind of spirit
475	MRK	6	50	et5c	figs-parallelism	θαρσεῖτε…μὴ φοβεῖσθε	1	Take courage!…Do not fear!	These two sentences are similar in meaning, emphasizing to his disciples that they did not need to be afraid. They can be combined into one if necessary. Alternate translation: “Do not fear me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
476	MRK	6	51	u2u6	figs-explicit	λείαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἐξίσταντο	1	They were completely amazed	If you need to be more specific, it can stated what they were amazed by. Alternate translation: “They were completely amazed at what he had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
477	MRK	6	52	m53m	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄρτοις	1	about the loaves	Here the phrase “the loaves” refers to when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread. Alternate translation: “what it meant when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread” or “what it meant when Jesus caused the few loaves to become many” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
478	MRK	6	52	t1qb	figs-metaphor	ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη	1	their hearts were hardened	Having a hard heart represents being too stubborn to understand. Alternate translation: “they were too stubborn to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
479	MRK	6	53	rc3z			0	Connecting Statement:	When Jesus and his disciples arrive at Gennesaret in their boat, people see him and bring people for him to heal. This happens wherever they go.
480	MRK	6	53	p316	translate-names	Γεννησαρὲτ	1	Gennesaret	This is the name of the region to the northwest of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
481	MRK	6	55	e7fh	figs-explicit	περιέδραμον ὅλην τὴν χώραν	1	they ran throughout the whole region	It may be helpful to state why they ran through the region. Alternate translation: “they ran throughout the whole district in order to tell others that Jesus was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
482	MRK	6	55	d9k9		περιέδραμον…ἤκουον	1	they ran throughout…they heard	The word “they” refers to the people who recognized Jesus, not to the disciples.
483	MRK	6	55	wr7f	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας	1	those who were sick	This phrase refers to people. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
484	MRK	6	56	bjv5		ὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο	1	wherever he entered	“Wherever Jesus entered”
485	MRK	6	56	gi6y		ἐτίθεσαν	1	they were putting	Here “they” refers to the people. It does not refer to Jesus’ disciples.
486	MRK	6	56	y6hs	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας	1	the sick	This phrase refers to people. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
487	MRK	6	56	a3i3		παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν	1	were begged him	Possible meanings are (1) “The sick begged him” or (2) “The people begged him.”
488	MRK	6	56	m366		ἅψωνται	1	touch	The word “them” refers to the sick.
489	MRK	6	56	wd2u		τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ	1	the edge of his garment	“the hem of his robe” or “the edge of his clothes”
490	MRK	6	56	ugr3		ὅσοι ἂν	1	as many as	“all those who”
491	MRK	7	intro	vq1j			0		# Mark 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:6-7, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hand washing<br><br>The Pharisees washed many things that were not dirty because they were trying to make God think that they were good. They washed their hands before they ate, even when their hands were not dirty. and even though the law of Moses did not say that they had to do it. Jesus told them that they were wrong and that people make God happy by thinking and doing the right things. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Ephphatha”<br><br>This is an Aramaic word. Mark wrote it the way it sounds using Greek letters and then explained what it means. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
492	MRK	7	1	hu3f			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus rebukes the Pharisees and scribes.
493	MRK	7	1	b9ul		συνάγονται πρὸς αὐτὸν	1	gathered around him	“gathered around Jesus”
494	MRK	7	2	b8qw	writing-background		0	General Information:	In verses 3 and 4, the author gives background information about the Pharisees’ washing traditions in order to show why the Pharisees were bothered that Jesus’ disciples did not wash their hands before eating. This information can be reordered in order to make it easier to understand, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
495	MRK	7	2	a2qf		ἰδόντες	1	They saw	“The Pharisees and the scribes saw”
496	MRK	7	2	eea5	figs-activepassive	τοῦτ’ ἔστιν ἀνίπτοις	1	that is, unwashed	The word “unwashed” explains why the disciples’ hands were defiled. It can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “that is, with hands that they had not washed” or “that is, that they had not washed their hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
497	MRK	7	3	mj6u		τῶν πρεσβυτέρων	1	the elders	Jewish elders were leaders in their communities and were also judges for the people.
498	MRK	7	4	wsb8		χαλκίων	1	copper vessels	“copper kettles” or “metal containers”
499	MRK	7	5	hts4	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί οὐ περιπατοῦσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ἀλλὰ κοιναῖς χερσὶν ἐσθίουσιν τὸν ἄρτον?	1	Why do your disciples not walk according to the tradition of the elders, for they eat their bread with unwashed hands?	“Walk in” here is a metaphor for “obey.” The Pharisees and scribes asked this question to challenge Jesus’ authority. This can be written as two statements. Alternate translation: “Your disciples disobey the traditions of our elders! They should wash their hands using our rituals.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
500	MRK	7	5	j7ht	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1	bread	This is a synecdoche, representing food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
501	MRK	7	6	t7px			0	General Information:	Here Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah, who had written scripture many years earlier.
502	MRK	7	6	ep7u	figs-metonymy	τοῖς χείλεσίν	1	with their lips	Here “lips” is a metonym for speaking. Alternate translation: “by what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
503	MRK	7	6	zgt9	figs-metonymy	ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	but their heart is far from me	Here “heart” refers to a person’s thoughts or emotions. This is a way of saying the people are not truly devoted to God. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
504	MRK	7	7	f8q5		μάτην δὲ σέβονταί με	1	They worship me in vain	“They offer me useless worship” or “They worship me in vain”
505	MRK	7	8	yqj3			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees.
506	MRK	7	8	xz71		ἀφέντες	1	abandon	refuse to obey
507	MRK	7	8	hnw4		κρατεῖτε	1	hold fast to	“hold strongly to” or “only keep”
508	MRK	7	9	e3qv	figs-irony	καλῶς ἀθετεῖτε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ…τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν τηρήσητε	1	How well you reject the commandment…keep your tradition	Jesus uses this ironic statement to rebuke his listeners for forsaking God’s commandment. Alternate translation: “You think you have done well in how you have rejected the commandment of God so you may keep your own traditions, but what you have done is not good at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
509	MRK	7	9	r5li		καλῶς ἀθετεῖτε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ…τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν τηρήσητε	1	How well you reject	“How skillfully you reject”
510	MRK	7	10	d4sd		ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα	1	He who speaks evil	“who curses”
511	MRK	7	10	ayl3		θανάτῳ τελευτάτω	1	will surely die	“must be put to death”
512	MRK	7	10	dv6e	figs-activepassive	ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα θανάτῳ τελευτάτω	1	He who speaks evil of his father or mother will surely die	This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The authorities must execute a person who speaks evil about his father or mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
513	MRK	7	11	q76i		κορβᾶν, (ὅ ἐστιν δῶρον), ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς	1	Whatever help you would have received from me is Corban	The tradition of the scribes said that once money or other things were promised to the temple, they could not be used for any other purpose.
514	MRK	7	11	cd57	translate-transliterate	κορβᾶν	1	is Corban	“Corban” here is a Hebrew word that refers to things that people promise to give to God. Translators normally transliterate it using the target language alphabet. Some translators translate its meaning, and then leave out Mark’s explanation of the meaning that follows. Alternate translation: “is a gift to God” or “belongs to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
515	MRK	7	11	ev2r	figs-activepassive	δῶρον	1	Given to God	This phrase explains the meaning of the Hebrew word “Corban.” It can be stated in active form. Mark explained the meaning so that his non-Jewish readers could understand what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “I have given it to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
516	MRK	7	12	g18b	translate-versebridge		0	General Information:	In verses 11 and 12, Jesus shows how the Pharisees teach people that they do not have to obey God’s commandment to honor their parents. In verse 11 Jesus tells what the Pharisees allow people to say about their possessions, and in verse 12 he tells how that shows the Pharisees’ attitude toward people helping their parents. This information can be reordered to first tell about the Pharisees’ attitude toward people helping their parents and then tell how that attitude is shown in what the Pharisees allow people to say about their possessions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
517	MRK	7	12	cb8c	figs-explicit	οὐκέτι ἀφίετε αὐτὸν οὐδὲν ποιῆσαι τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί	1	then you no longer permit him to do anything for his father or his mother	By doing this, the Pharisees are allowing people not to provide for their parents, if they promise to give to God what they would have given to them. You can order these words before the words that begin with “Whatever help” in verse 11: “You no longer permit a person to do anything for his father or his mother after he says, ‘Whatever help you would have received from me is Corban.’ (Corban means ‘Given to God.’)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
518	MRK	7	13	df13		ἀκυροῦντες	1	You are making…void	canceled or done away with
519	MRK	7	13	ena5		παρόμοια τοιαῦτα πολλὰ ποιεῖτε	1	many similar things you do	“you are doing may other things similar to this”
520	MRK	7	14	wp7p	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus tells a parable to the crowd to help them understand what he has been saying to the scribes and Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
521	MRK	7	14	ts15		προσκαλεσάμενος	1	he called	“Jesus called”
522	MRK	7	14	u3nk	figs-doublet	ἀκούσατέ μου πάντες καὶ σύνετε	1	Listen to me, all of you, and understand	The words “Listen” and “understand” are related. Jesus uses them together to emphasize that his hearers should pay close attention to what he is saying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
523	MRK	7	14	yni7	figs-ellipsis	σύνετε	1	understand	It may be helpful to state what Jesus is telling them to understand. Alternate translation: “try to understand what I am about to tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
524	MRK	7	15	gk5i	figs-explicit	οὐδέν…ἔξωθεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1	nothing from outside the man	Jesus is speaking about what a person eats. This is in contrast to “what come out of the person.” Alternate translation: “nothing from outside a person that he can eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
525	MRK	7	15	ms5c	figs-explicit	τὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενά	1	the things that come out of the man	This refers to the things a person does or says. This is in contrast to “what is outside a person that enters into him.” Alternate translation: “It is what comes out of a person that he says or does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
526	MRK	7	17	m42w			0	Connecting Statement:	The disciples still do not understand what Jesus has just said to the scribes, Pharisees, and crowds. Jesus explains his meaning more thoroughly to them.
527	MRK	7	17	l7d7		καὶ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Jesus is now away from the crowd, in a house with his disciples.
528	MRK	7	18	f5sf			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus begins to teach his disciples by asking a question.
529	MRK	7	18	z8w1	figs-rquestion	οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε?	1	Are you also still without understanding?	Jesus uses this question to express his disappointment that they do not understand. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I would expect you to understand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
530	MRK	7	19	wyw4			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes asking the question he is using to teach his disciples.
531	MRK	7	19	wi6y	figs-rquestion	ὅτι…εἰς τὸν ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκπορεύεται?	1	because…passes our into the latrine?	This is the end of the question that begins with the words “Do you not see” in verse 18. Jesus uses this question to teach his disciples something they should already know. It can be expressed as a statement. “You should already understand that whatever enters into a person from outside cannot defile him, because it cannot go into his heart, but it goes into his stomach and then passes out into the latrine.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
532	MRK	7	19	y2cr	figs-metonymy	οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν	1	it does not go into his heart	Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. Here Jesus means that food does not affect a person’s character. Alternate translation: “it cannot go into his inner being” or “it cannot go into his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
533	MRK	7	19	he68		οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται	1	it does not go	Here “it” refers to what goes into a person; that is, what a person eats.
534	MRK	7	19	hm98	figs-explicit	(καθαρίζων πάντα τὰ βρώματα	1	all foods clean	It may be helpful to explain clearly what this phrase means. Alternate translation: “all foods clean, meaning that people can eat any food without God considering the eater defiled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
535	MRK	7	20	r12p		ἔλεγεν	1	he said	“Jesus said”
536	MRK	7	20	eq3a		τὸ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενον, ἐκεῖνο κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	That which comes out of the man, that defiles the man	“What defiles a person is what comes out of him”
537	MRK	7	21	lm51	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τῆς καρδίας…οἱ διαλογισμοὶ οἱ κακοὶ ἐκπορεύονται	1	out of the heart, proceed evil thoughts	Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. Alternate translation: “out of the inner being, come evil thoughts” or “out of the mind, come evil thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
538	MRK	7	22	y3md		ἀσέλγεια	1	sensuality	not controlling one’s lustful desires
539	MRK	7	23	h9ta	figs-ellipsis	ἔσωθεν ἐκπορεύεται	1	come from within	Here the word “within” describes a person’s heart. Alternate translation: “come from within a person’s heart” or “come from within a person’s thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
540	MRK	7	24	k9bl			0	Connecting Statement:	When Jesus goes away to Tyre, he heals the daughter of a Gentile woman who has extraordinary faith.
541	MRK	7	25	j2k9	figs-idiom	εἶχεν…πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον	1	had an unclean spirit	This is an idiom meaning that she was possessed by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: “was possessed by an unclean spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
542	MRK	7	25	q47q		προσέπεσεν	1	fell down	“knelt.” This is an act of honor and submission.
543	MRK	7	26	aik7	writing-background	ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἦν Ἑλληνίς, Συροφοινίκισσα τῷ γένει	1	Now the woman was a Greek, a Syrophoenician by descent	The word “Now” marks a break in the main story line, as this sentence gives us background information about the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
544	MRK	7	26	e39y	translate-names	Συροφοινίκισσα	1	Syrophoenician	This is the name of the woman’s nationality. She was born in the Phoenician region in Syria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
545	MRK	7	27	gsj7	figs-metaphor	ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα; οὐ γάρ ἐστιν καλόν…τοῖς κυναρίοις βαλεῖν	1	Let the children first be fed. For it is not right…throw it to the dogs	Here Jesus speaks about the Jews as if they are children and the Gentiles as if they are dogs. Alternate translation: “Let the children of Israel first be fed. For it is not right to take the children’s bread and throw it to the Gentiles, who are like dogs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
546	MRK	7	27	r898	figs-activepassive	ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα	1	Let the children first be fed	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “We must first feed the children of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
547	MRK	7	27	k2wb	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1	bread	This refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
548	MRK	7	27	yn61		τοῖς κυναρίοις	1	the dogs	This refers to small dogs kept as pets.
549	MRK	7	29	sa9t	figs-explicit	ὕπαγε	1	go	Jesus was implying that she no longer needed to stay to ask him to help her daughter. He would do it. Alternate translation: “you may go now” or “you may go home in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
550	MRK	7	29	pa3u	figs-explicit	ἐξελήλυθεν τὸ δαιμόνιον, ἐκ τῆς θυγατρός σου	1	The demon has gone out of your daughter	Jesus has caused the unclean spirit to leave the woman’s daughter. This can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “I have caused the evil spirit to leave your daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
551	MRK	7	31	g44h			0	Connecting Statement:	After healing people in Tyre, Jesus goes to the Sea of Galilee. There he heals a deaf man, which amazes the people.
552	MRK	7	31	k9gy		πάλιν ἐξελθὼν ἐκ τῶν ὁρίων Τύρου	1	went out again from the region of Tyre	“left the region of Tyre”
553	MRK	7	31	paz4		ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν ὁρίων	1	up into the region	Possible meanings are (1) “in the region” as Jesus is at the sea in the region of the Decapolis or (2) “through the region” as Jesus went through the region of the Decapolis to get to the sea.
554	MRK	7	31	cxa8	translate-names	Δεκαπόλεως	1	Decapolis	This is the name of a region that means Ten Cities. It is located to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. See how you translated this in [Mark 5:20](../05/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
555	MRK	7	32	bnq6		φέρουσιν	1	They brought	“And people brought”
556	MRK	7	32	i5gy		κωφὸν	1	someone who was deaf	“who was not able to hear”
557	MRK	7	32	jlj4	figs-explicit	παρακαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν ἵνα ἐπιθῇ αὐτῷ τὴν χεῖρα	1	they begged him to lay his hand on him	Prophets and teachers would put their hands on people in order to heal them or bless them. In this case, people are begging Jesus to heal a man. Alternate translation: “they begged Jesus to put his hand on the man to heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
558	MRK	7	33	p3aa		ἀπολαβόμενος αὐτὸν	1	taking him aside	“Jesus took the man”
559	MRK	7	33	zb1w		ἔβαλεν τοὺς δακτύλους αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰ ὦτα αὐτοῦ	1	he put his fingers into his ears	Jesus is putting his own fingers in the man’s ears.
560	MRK	7	33	jwi8		πτύσας, ἥψατο τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ	1	after spitting, he touched his tongue	Jesus spits and then touches the man’s tongue.
561	MRK	7	33	ld3f	figs-explicit	πτύσας	1	after spitting	It may be helpful to state that Jesus spit on his fingers. Alternate translation: “after spitting on his fingers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
562	MRK	7	34	vfn4		ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	looked up to heaven	This means that he looked up toward the sky, which is associated with the place where God lives.
563	MRK	7	34	lbw4	translate-transliterate	ἐφφαθά	1	Ephphatha	Here the author refers to something by an Aramaic word. This word should be copied as is into your language using your alphabet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
564	MRK	7	34	qiy7		ἐστέναξεν	1	sighed deeply	This means that he groaned or that he let out a long deep breath that could be heard. It probably shows Jesus’ sympathy for the man.
565	MRK	7	34	m4a8		λέγει αὐτῷ	1	said to him	“said to the man”
566	MRK	7	35	yg15		ἠνοίγησαν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἀκοαί	1	his ears were opened	This means he was able to hear. Alternate translation: “his ears were opened and he was able to hear” or “he was able to hear”
567	MRK	7	35	yj4j	figs-activepassive	ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ	1	the band of his tongue was released	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus took away what prevented his tongue from speaking” or “Jesus loosened his tongue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
568	MRK	7	36	eb2y	figs-ellipsis	ὅσον…αὐτοῖς διεστέλλετο, αὐτοὶ	1	the more he ordered them	The refers to him ordering them not to tell anyone about what he had done. Alternate translation: “the more he ordered them not to tell anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
569	MRK	7	36	zce7		μᾶλλον περισσότερον	1	the more abundantly	“the more widely” or “the more”
570	MRK	7	37	iy76		ὑπέρ περισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο	1	They were extremely astonished	“were utterly amazed” or “were exceedingly astonished” or “were astonished beyond all measure”
571	MRK	7	37	dh17	figs-metonymy	τοὺς κωφοὺς…ἀλάλους	1	the deaf…the mute	These refer to people. Alternate translation: “deaf people…mute people” or “people who cannot hear…people who cannot speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
572	MRK	8	intro	ry56			0		# Mark 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bread<br>When Jesus worked a miracle and provided bread for a large crowd of people, they probably thought about when God miraculously provided food for the people of Israel when they were in the wilderness.<br><br>Yeast is the ingredient that causes bread to become larger before it is baked. In this chapter, Jesus uses yeast as a metaphor for things that change the way people think, speak, and act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “Adulterous generation”<br><br>When Jesus called the people an “adulterous generation,” he was telling them that they were not faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Jesus used many rhetorical questions as a way of both teaching the disciples ([Mark 8:17-21](./17.md)) and scolding the people ([Mark 8:12](../../mrk/08/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Mark 8:35-37](./35.md)).
573	MRK	8	1	sgv6			0	Connecting Statement:	A great, hungry crowd is with Jesus. He feeds them using only seven loaves and a few fish before Jesus and his disciples get in a boat to go to another place.
574	MRK	8	1	rmd8	writing-newevent	ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	In those days	This phrase is used to introduce a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
575	MRK	8	2	h8v8		ἤδη ἡμέραι τρεῖς προσμένουσίν μοι, καὶ οὐκ ἔχουσιν τι φάγωσιν	1	they continue to be with me already for three days and have nothing to eat	“this is this third day these people have been with me, and they have nothing to eat”
576	MRK	8	3	u3mu	figs-hyperbole	ἐκλυθήσονται	1	they may faint	Possible meanings are (1) literal, “they may lose consciousness temporarily” or (2) hyperbolic exaggeration, “they may become weak.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
577	MRK	8	4	jdk2	figs-rquestion	πόθεν τούτους δυνήσεταί τις ὧδε χορτάσαι ἄρτων ἐπ’ ἐρημίας?	1	Where can we get enough loaves of bread in such a deserted place to satisfy these people?	The disciples are expressing surprise that Jesus would expect them to be able to find enough food. Alternate translation: “This place is so deserted that there is no place here for us to get enough loaves of bread to satisfy these people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
578	MRK	8	4	b7tn		ἄρτων	1	bread	Loaves of bread are lumps of dough that have been shaped and baked.
579	MRK	8	5	m56c		ἠρώτα αὐτούς	1	He asked them	“Jesus asked his disciples”
580	MRK	8	6	x2jr	figs-quotations	παραγγέλλει τῷ ὄχλῳ ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	he commanded the crowd to recline on the ground	This can be written as a direct quote. “Jesus commanded the crowd, ‘Sit down on the ground’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
581	MRK	8	6	x144		ἀναπεσεῖν	1	to recline	Use your language’s word for how people customarily eat when there is no table, whether sitting or lying down.
582	MRK	8	7	pzy6		καὶ εἶχαν	1	They also had	Here the word “they” is used to refer to Jesus and his disciples.
583	MRK	8	7	mb6v		εὐλογήσας αὐτὰ	1	after he gave thanks for them	“Jesus gave thanks for the fish”
584	MRK	8	8	m9k6		ἔφαγον	1	They ate	“The people ate”
585	MRK	8	8	mxn1		ἦραν	1	they picked up	“the disciples picked up”
586	MRK	8	8	v5zi	figs-explicit	περισσεύματα κλασμάτων ἑπτὰ σπυρίδας	1	seven baskets of the remaining broken pieces	This refers to the broken pieces of fish and bread that were left over after the people ate. Alternate translation: “the remaining broken pieces of bread and fish, which filled seven large baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
587	MRK	8	9	m81z	figs-explicit	καὶ ἀπέλυσεν αὐτούς	1	Then he sent them away	It may be helpful to clarify when he sent them away. Alternate translation: “After they ate, Jesus sent them away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
588	MRK	8	10	y8u3	figs-explicit	ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ μέρη Δαλμανουθά	1	they went into the region of Dalmanutha	It may be helpful to clarify how they got to Dalmanutha. Alternate translation: “they sailed around the Sea of Galilee to the region of Dalmanutha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
589	MRK	8	10	x33a	translate-names	Δαλμανουθά	1	Dalmanutha	This is the name of a place on the northwestern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
590	MRK	8	11	cqy5			0	Connecting Statement:	In Dalmanutha, Jesus refuses to give the Pharisees a sign before he and his disciples get in a boat and leave.
591	MRK	8	11	f9y8		ζητοῦντες παρ’ αὐτοῦ	1	They sought from him	“They asked him for”
592	MRK	8	11	zi91	figs-metonymy	σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	a sign from heaven	They wanted a sign that would prove that Jesus’ power and authority were from God. Possible meanings are (1) The word “heaven” is a metonym for God. Alternate translation: “a sign from God” or (2) the word “heaven” refers to the sky. Alternate translation: “a sign from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
593	MRK	8	11	cl3q	figs-explicit	πειράζοντες αὐτόν	1	to test him	The Pharisees tried to test Jesus to make him prove that he was from God. Some information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “to prove that God had sent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
594	MRK	8	12	sn5a		ἀναστενάξας τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ	1	He sighed deeply in his spirit	This means that he groaned or that he let out a long deep breath that could be heard. It probably shows Jesus’ deep sadness that the Pharisees refused to believe him. See how you translated this in [Mark 7:34](../07/34.md).
595	MRK	8	12	s8xl		τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ	1	in his spirit	“in himself”
596	MRK	8	12	g4lz	figs-rquestion	τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον?	1	Why does this generation seek for a sign?	Jesus is scolding them. This question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “This generation should not seek a sign.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
597	MRK	8	12	l335	figs-explicit	ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη	1	this generation	When Jesus speaks of “this generation,” he is referring to the people who lived at that time. There Pharisees are included in this group. Alternate translation: “you and the people of this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
598	MRK	8	12	a2x2	figs-activepassive	εἰ δοθήσεται…σημεῖον	1	no sign will be given	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not give a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
599	MRK	8	13	i2se	figs-explicit	ἀφεὶς αὐτοὺς, πάλιν ἐμβὰς	1	he left them, got into a boat again	Jesus’ disciples went with him. Some information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “he left them, got into a boat again with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
600	MRK	8	13	u1qk	figs-explicit	εἰς τὸ πέραν	1	to the other side	This describes the Sea of Galilee, which can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
601	MRK	8	14	fl8d			0	Connecting Statement:	While Jesus and his disciples are in a boat, they have a discussion about the lack of understanding among the Pharisees and Herod, though they had seen many signs.
602	MRK	8	14	m74g	writing-background	καὶ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the author tells background information about the disciples forgetting to bring bread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
603	MRK	8	14	gtg6	figs-litotes	εἰ μὴ ἕνα ἄρτον	0	except for one loaf	The negative phrase “no more” is used to emphasize how small an amount of bread they had. Alternate translation: “only one loaf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
604	MRK	8	15	bd2x	figs-doublet	ὁρᾶτε, βλέπετε	1	Keep watch and be on guard	These two terms have a common meaning and are repeated here for emphasis. They can be combined. Alternate translation: “Keep watch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
605	MRK	8	15	ya88	figs-metaphor	τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ τῆς ζύμης Ἡρῴδου	1	the yeast of the Pharisees and the yeast of Herod	Here Jesus is speaking to his disciples in a metaphor they do not understand. Jesus is comparing the Pharisees’ and Herod’s teachings to yeast, but you should not explain this when you translate it because the disciples themselves did not understand it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
606	MRK	8	16	xs4p	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχουσιν	1	It is because we do not have bread	In this statement, it may be helpful to state that “it” refers to what Jesus had said. Alternate translation: “He must have said that because we have no bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
607	MRK	8	16	zfw3	figs-hyperbole	ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχουσιν	1	we do not have bread	The word “no” is an exaggeration. The disciples did have one loaf of bread ([Mark 8:14](../08/14.md)), but that was not much different from having no bread at all. Alternate translation: “very little bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
608	MRK	8	17	hnh6	figs-rquestion	τί διαλογίζεσθε ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε?	1	Why are you reasoning about not having bread?	Here Jesus is mildly rebuking his disciples because they should have understood what he had been talking about. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not be thinking that I am talking about actual bread.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
609	MRK	8	17	dmt2	figs-parallelism	οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε?	1	Do you not yet perceive, nor understand?	These questions have the same meaning and are used together to emphasize that they do not understand. This can be written as one question or as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do you not yet understand?” or “You should perceive and understand by now the things I say and do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
610	MRK	8	17	fn31	figs-metonymy	πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν?	1	Have your hearts become hardened?	Here “hearts” is a metonym for a person’s mind. The phrase “hearts become so dull” is a metaphor for not being able or willing to understand something. Jesus uses a question to scold the disciples. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Your thinking has become so dull!” or “You are so slow to understand what I mean!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
611	MRK	8	18	u1gh	figs-rquestion	ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες, οὐ βλέπετε? καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες, οὐκ ἀκούετε? καὶ οὐ μνημονεύετε?	1	You have eyes, do you not see? You have ears, do you not hear? Do you not remember?	Jesus continues to mildly rebuke his disciples. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “You have eyes, but you do not understand what you see. You have ears, but you do not understand what you hear. You should remember.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
612	MRK	8	19	e37p	figs-metonymy	τοὺς πεντακισχιλίους	1	the five thousand	This refers to the 5,000 people Jesus fed. Alternate translation: “the 5,000 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
613	MRK	8	19	e4zq	figs-explicit	πόσους κοφίνους κλασμάτων πλήρεις ἤρατε?	1	how many baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you take up	It may be helpful to state when they collected the baskets of pieces. Alternate translation: “how many baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you collect after everyone finished eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
614	MRK	8	20	b5bm	figs-metonymy	τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους	1	the four thousand	This refers to the 4,000 people Jesus fed. Alternate translation: “the 4,000 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
615	MRK	8	20	ggl1	figs-explicit	πόσων σπυρίδων πληρώματα κλασμάτων ἤρατε?	1	how many basketfuls of broken pieces did you take up?	It may be helpful to state when they collected these. Alternate translation: “how many baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you collect after everyone finished eating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
616	MRK	8	21	kh42	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὔπω συνίετε?	1	How do you not yet understand?	Jesus is mildly rebuking his disciples for not understanding. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should understand by now the things I say and do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
617	MRK	8	22	c92c			0	Connecting Statement:	When Jesus and his disciples get out of their boat at Bethsaida, Jesus heals a blind man.
618	MRK	8	22	mul4	translate-names	Βηθσαϊδάν	1	Bethsaida	This is a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. See how you translated the name of this town in [Mark 6:45](../06/45.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
619	MRK	8	22	mx9q	figs-explicit	ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψηται	1	he would touch him	It may be helpful to state why they wanted Jesus to touch the man. Alternate translation: “to touch him in order to heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
620	MRK	8	23	t5ud		πτύσας εἰς τὰ ὄμματα αὐτοῦ…ἐπηρώτα αὐτόν	1	When he had spit on his eyes…asking him	“When Jesus had spit on the man’s eyes…Jesus asked the man”
621	MRK	8	24	jcv8		ἀναβλέψας	1	He looked up	“The man looked up”
622	MRK	8	24	r6tk	figs-simile	βλέπω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ὅτι ὡς δένδρα ὁρῶ περιπατοῦντας	1	I see men who look like walking trees	The man sees men walking around, yet they are not clear to him, so he compares them to trees. Alternate translation: “Yes, I see people! They are walking around, but I cannot see them clearly. They look like trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
623	MRK	8	25	png5		εἶτα πάλιν ἐπέθηκεν	1	Then he again laid	“Then Jesus again”
624	MRK	8	25	td9l	figs-activepassive	καὶ διέβλεψεν καὶ ἀπεκατέστη	1	and the man looked intently and was restored	The phrase “his sight was restored” can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “restoring the man’s sight, and then the man opened his eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
625	MRK	8	27	e4l3			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus and his disciples talk on their way to the villages of Caesarea Philippi about who Jesus is and what will happen to him.
626	MRK	8	28	bh7h		οἱ δὲ εἶπαν αὐτῷ λέγοντες	1	They answered him, saying	“They answered him, saying,”
627	MRK	8	28	ac8h	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννην τὸν Βαπτιστήν	1	John the Baptist	The disciples answer that this was who some people said Jesus was. This can be shown more clearly. Alternate translation: “Some people say that you are John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
628	MRK	8	28	nn1f	figs-ellipsis	ἄλλοι…ἄλλοι	1	Others say…others	The word “others” refers to other people. This refers to their responses to Jesus’ question. Alternate translation: “Other people say you are…other people say you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
629	MRK	8	29	v4h4		αὐτὸς ἐπηρώτα αὐτούς	1	He asked them	“Jesus asked his disciples”
630	MRK	8	30	fk1z	figs-explicit	ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ λέγωσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus warned them not to tell anyone about him	Jesus did not want them to tell anyone that he was the Christ. This can be made more explicit. Also, this can also be written as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “Jesus warned them not to tell anyone that he is the Christ” or “Jesus warned them, ‘Do not tell anyone that I am the Christ’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
631	MRK	8	31	d4dc	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The Son of Man	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
632	MRK	8	31	m32p	figs-activepassive	ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων…καὶ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστῆναι	1	would be rejected by the elders…and after three days rise up	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the elders and the chief priests and the scribes would reject him, and that men would kill him, and that after three days he would rise up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
633	MRK	8	32	hl4a		παρρησίᾳ τὸν λόγον ἐλάλει	1	He spoke this message clearly	“He said this in a way that was easy to understand”
634	MRK	8	32	te4z	figs-explicit	ἤρξατο ἐπιτιμᾶν αὐτῷ	1	began to rebuke him	Peter rebuked Jesus for saying the things he said would happen to the Son of Man. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “began to rebuke him for saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
635	MRK	8	33	ev5s			0	Connecting Statement:	After rebuking Peter for his not wanting Jesus to die and rise, Jesus tells both his disciples and the crowd how to follow him.
636	MRK	8	33	nu32	figs-metaphor	ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ, ὅτι οὐ φρονεῖς	0	Get behind me, Satan! For you are not setting your mind	Jesus means that Peter is acting like Satan because Peter is trying to prevent Jesus from accomplishing what God sent him to do. Alternate translation: “Get behind me, because you are acting like Satan! You are not setting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
637	MRK	8	33	r9gy		ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου	1	Get behind me	“Get away from me”
638	MRK	8	34	m732	figs-metaphor	ὀπίσω μου ἀκολουθεῖν	1	to follow after me	Following Jesus here represents being one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” or “be one of my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
639	MRK	8	34	skl2		ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν	1	must deny himself	“must not give in to his own desires” or “must forsake his own desires”
640	MRK	8	34	c6ll	figs-metonymy	ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι	1	take up his cross, and follow me	“carry his cross and follow me.” The cross represents suffering and death. Taking up the cross represents being willing to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “must obey me even to the point of suffering and dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
641	MRK	8	34	zs3l	figs-metaphor	ἀκολουθείτω μοι	1	follow me	Following Jesus here represents obeying him. Alternate translation: “obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
642	MRK	8	35	d5rj		ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ	1	For whoever wants	“For anyone who wants”
643	MRK	8	35	a6g3		τὴν ψυχὴν	1	soul	This refers to both physical life and spiritual life.
644	MRK	8	35	mpq6	figs-explicit	ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	for my sake and for the gospel	“because of me and because of the gospel.” Jesus is talking about people who lose their lives because they follow Jesus and the gospel. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “because he follows me and tells others the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
645	MRK	8	36	ua46	figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖ ἄνθρωπον, κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ?	1	What does it profit a person to gain the whole world and then forfeit his soul?	This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not benefit him if he forfeits his life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
646	MRK	8	36	w7gm		κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ	1	to gain the whole world and then forfeit his soul	This can also be expressed as a condition starting with the word “if.” Alternate translation: “if he gains the whole world and then forfeits his life”
647	MRK	8	36	jde6	figs-hyperbole	κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον	1	to gain the whole world	The words “the whole world” are an exaggeration for great riches. Alternate translation: “to gain everything he ever wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
648	MRK	8	36	bu77		ζημιωθῆναι	1	to forfeit	To forfeit something is to lose it or to have another person take it away.
649	MRK	8	37	wua4	figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ δοῖ ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ?	1	What can a person give in exchange for his soul?	This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “There is nothing a person can give in exchange for his life.” or “No one can give anything in exchange for his life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
650	MRK	8	37	zw4j		τί…δοῖ ἄνθρωπος	1	What can a person give	If in your language “giving” requires someone to receive what is given, “God” can be stated as the receiver. Alternate translation: “What can a person give to God”
651	MRK	8	38	rvi6		ἐπαισχυνθῇ με καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους	1	is ashamed of me and my words	“ashamed of me and my message”
652	MRK	8	38	c53y	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ, τῇ μοιχαλίδι καὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ	1	in this adulterous and sinful generation	Jesus speaks of this generation as “adulterous,” meaning that they are unfaithful in their relationship with God. Alternate translation: “in this generation of people who have committed adultery against God and are very sinful” or “in this generation of people who are unfaithful to God and are very sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
653	MRK	8	38	s5tm	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The Son of Man	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
654	MRK	8	38	xd58		ὅταν ἔλθῃ	1	when he comes	“when he comes back”
655	MRK	8	38	vl69		ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	in the glory of his Father	When Jesus returns he will have the same glory as his Father.
656	MRK	8	38	vqk3		μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων τῶν ἁγίων	1	with the holy angels	“accompanied by the holy angels”
657	MRK	9	intro	n92j			0		# Mark 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “transfigured”<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Mark says in this chapter that Jesus’ clothing shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Hyperbole<br><br>Jesus said things that he did not expect his followers to understand literally. When he said, “If your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off” ([Mark 9:43](../../mrk/09/43.md)), he was exaggerating so they would know that they should stay away from anything that caused them to sin, even if it was something they loved or thought they needed.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Elijah and Moses<br><br>Elijah and Moses suddenly appear to Jesus, James, John, and Peter, and then they disappear. All four of them saw Elijah and Moses, and because Elijah and Moses spoke with Jesus, the reader should understand that Elijah and Moses appeared physically.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Mark 9:31](../../mrk/09/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “If anyone wants to be first, he must be last of all and servant of all” ([Mark 9:35](../../mrk/09/35.md)).
658	MRK	9	1	mt8p			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus has just been talking to the people and his disciples about following him. Six days later, Jesus goes with three of his disciples up a mountain where his appearance temporarily changes to what he will look like one day in the kingdom of God.
659	MRK	9	1	q4b6		ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς	1	He said to them	“Jesus said to his disciples”
660	MRK	9	1	yjf6	figs-metonymy	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει	1	the kingdom of God come with power	The kingdom of God coming represents God showing himself as king. Alternate translation: “God show himself with great power as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
661	MRK	9	2	uf5f	figs-rpronouns	κατ’ ἰδίαν μόνους	1	alone by themselves	The author uses the reflexive pronoun “themselves” here to emphasize that they were alone and that only Jesus, Peter, James, and John went up the mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
662	MRK	9	2	krt6		μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν	1	he was transfigured before them	When they looked at him, his appearance was different from what it had been.
663	MRK	9	2	b3bb	figs-activepassive	μετεμορφώθη	1	he was transfigured	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “his appearance had changed” or “he appeared very different” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
664	MRK	9	2	i9vm		ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν	1	before them	“in front of them” or “so they could clearly him”
665	MRK	9	3	id6l		στίλβοντα	1	radiantly brilliant	“shining” or “glowing.” Jesus’ garments were so white they were emitting or giving off light.
666	MRK	9	3	s2qf		λείαν	1	extremely	as much as possible or more than most
667	MRK	9	3	gp48		οἷα γναφεὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οὐ δύναται οὕτως λευκᾶναι	1	as no bleacher on earth could bleach them	Bleaching describes the process of making natural white wool even whiter by using chemicals like bleach or ammonia. Alternate translation: “whiter than any person on earth could whiten them”
668	MRK	9	4	f2d6	figs-explicit	ὤφθη…Ἠλείας σὺν Μωϋσεῖ	1	Elijah with Moses appeared	It may be helpful to state who these men are. Alternate translation: “two prophets who had lived long ago, Elijah and Moses, appeared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
669	MRK	9	4	pj3i		ἦσαν συνλαλοῦντες	1	they were talking	The word “they” refers to Elijah and Moses.
670	MRK	9	5	w6vs		ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	Peter answered and said to Jesus	“Peter said to Jesus.” Here the word “answered” is used to introduce Peter into the conversation. Peter was not answering a question.
671	MRK	9	5	iqc9	figs-exclusive	καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι	1	it is good for us to be here	It is not clear whether “us” refers only to Peter, James, and John, or if it refers to everyone there, including Jesus, Elijah, and Moses. If you can translate so that both options are possible, do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
672	MRK	9	5	k3y1		σκηνάς	1	shelters	simple, temporary places in which to sit or sleep
673	MRK	9	6	r3bn	writing-background	οὐ γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἀποκριθῇ; ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο	1	For he did not know what to say, for they were terrified	This parenthetical sentence tells background information about Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
674	MRK	9	6	f8hn		ἔκφοβοι…ἐγένοντο	1	they were terrified	“they were very frightened” or “they were very afraid”
675	MRK	9	7	e3id		ἐγένετο…ἐπισκιάζουσα	1	came and overshadowed	“appeared and covered”
676	MRK	9	7	x4mv	figs-metonymy	καὶ ἐγένετο φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης	1	and a voice came out of the cloud	Here “a voice came out” is a metonym for someone speaking. It can also be stated clearly who spoke. Alternate translation: “Then someone spoke from the cloud” or “Then God spoke from the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
677	MRK	9	7	hn9m		οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Υἱός μου, ὁ ἀγαπητός, ἀκούετε αὐτοῦ	1	This is my beloved Son. Listen to him	God the Father expresses his love for his “beloved Son,” the Son of God.
678	MRK	9	7	ybu6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός…ὁ ἀγαπητός	1	beloved Son	This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
679	MRK	9	8	hq73		περιβλεψάμενοι	1	when they looked around	Here “they” refers to Peter, James, and John.
680	MRK	9	9	dv4d	figs-explicit	διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ…εἰ μὴ ὅταν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ	1	he commanded them to tell no one…until the Son of Man had risen	This implies that he was permitting them to tell people about what they had seen only after he rose from being dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
681	MRK	9	9	w98g	figs-metonymy	ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ	1	had risen from the dead	“risen from among the dead.” This speaks of becoming alive again. The phrase “the dead” refers to “dead people” and is a metonym for death. Alternate translation: “risen from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
682	MRK	9	10	wfu9	figs-metonymy	ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι	1	had risen from the dead	“to rise from among the dead.” This speaks of becoming alive again. The phrase “the dead” refers to “dead people” and is a metonym for death. Alternate translation: “rising from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
683	MRK	9	10	b8y9	figs-idiom	καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς	1	So they kept the matter to themselves	Here “kept the matter to themselves” is an idiom that means they did not tell anyone about what they had seen. Alternate translation: “So they did not tell anyone about what they had seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
684	MRK	9	11	pck1			0	Connecting Statement:	Though Peter, James, and John wondered what Jesus might mean by “rising from the dead,” they asked him instead about Elijah’s coming.
685	MRK	9	11	s9zn		ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν	1	they asked him	The word “they” refers to Peter, James, and John.
686	MRK	9	11	h45a	figs-explicit	λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖς ὅτι Ἠλείαν δεῖ ἐλθεῖν πρῶτον?	1	Why do the scribes say that Elijah must come first?	Prophecy foretold that Elijah would come again from heaven. Then the Messiah, who is the Son of Man, would come to rule and reign. The disciples are confused about how the Son of Man could die and rise again. Alternate translation: “Why do the scribes say that Elijah must come first before the Messiah comes?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
687	MRK	9	12	x5ep		Ἠλείας μὲν ἐλθὼν πρῶτον ἀποκατιστάνει πάντα	1	Elijah does come first to restore all things	By saying this, Jesus affirms that Elijah would come first.
688	MRK	9	12	s3q3	figs-rquestion	πῶς γέγραπται…ἐξουδενηθῇ?	1	Why then is it written…be despised?	Jesus uses this question to remind his disciples that the scriptures also teach that the Son of Man must suffer and be despised. This may be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “But I also want you to consider what is written about the Son of Man. The scriptures say that he must suffer many things and be hated.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
689	MRK	9	12	i3j7	figs-activepassive	ἐξουδενηθῇ	1	be despised	This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people would hate him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
690	MRK	9	13	k3kj	figs-explicit	ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ ὅσα ἤθελον	1	they did whatever they wanted to him	It may be helpful to state what people did to Elijah. Alternate translation: “our leaders treated him very badly, just as they wanted to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
691	MRK	9	14	qn7d			0	Connecting Statement:	When Peter, James, John, and Jesus came down from the mountain, they found the scribes arguing with the other disciples.
692	MRK	9	14	n8fd		ἐλθόντες πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς	1	When they came to the disciples	Jesus, Peter, James, and John returned to the other disciples who had not gone with them up the mountain.
693	MRK	9	14	cs1f		εἶδον ὄχλον πολὺν περὶ αὐτοὺς	1	they saw a great crowd around them	“Jesus and those three disciples saw a great crowd around the other disciples”
694	MRK	9	14	wp9z		γραμματεῖς συνζητοῦντας πρὸς αὐτούς	1	scribes were arguing with them	The scribes were arguing with the disciples who had not gone with Jesus.
695	MRK	9	15	lch5	figs-explicit	ἐξεθαμβήθησαν	1	they were amazed	It may be helpful to state why they were amazed. Alternate translation: “was amazed that Jesus had come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
696	MRK	9	17	b7v8			0	Connecting Statement:	To explain what the scribes and other disciples were arguing about, a father of a demon-possessed man tells Jesus that he has asked the disciples to send the demon out of his son, but they could not. Jesus then casts the demon out of the boy. Later the disciples ask why they were not able to send the demon away.
697	MRK	9	17	zqw9	figs-idiom	ἔχοντα πνεῦμα	1	He has a spirit	This means the boy is possessed by an unclean spirit. “He has an unclean spirit” or “He is possessed by an unclean spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
698	MRK	9	18	zhc9		ἀφρίζει	1	he foams at the mouth	A convulsion, or seizure, can cause a person to have trouble breathing or swallowing. This causes white foam to come out of the mouth. If your language has a way to describe that, you could use it. Alternate translation: “bubbles come out of his mouth”
699	MRK	9	18	h98h		ξηραίνεται	1	he becomes rigid	“he becomes stiff” or “his body becomes rigid”
700	MRK	9	18	zre6	figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἴσχυσαν	1	they could not	This refers to the disciples not being about to drive the spirit out of the boy. Alternate translation: “they could not drive it out of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
701	MRK	9	19	tb67	figs-explicit	ὁ…ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτοῖς	1	he answered them	Though it was the boy’s father who made a request of Jesus, Jesus responds to the whole crowd. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
702	MRK	9	19	azc9		ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος	1	You unbelieving generation	“You unbelieving generation.” Jesus calls the crowd this, as he begins to respond to them.
703	MRK	9	19	n4dq	figs-rquestion	ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι?…ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?	1	how long will I have to stay with you?…bear with you?	Jesus uses these questions to express his frustration. Both questions have the same meaning. They can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “I have become weary by your unbelief!” or “Your unbelief tires me! I wonder how long I must bear with you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
704	MRK	9	19	b7u5		ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν	1	bear with you	“endure you” or “put up with you”
705	MRK	9	19	b7ee		φέρετε αὐτὸν πρός με	1	Bring him to me	“Bring the boy to me”
706	MRK	9	20	bw3l		τὸ πνεῦμα	1	the spirit	This refers to the unclean spirit. See how you translated this in [Mark 9:17](../09/17.md).
707	MRK	9	20	l4r5		συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν	1	it threw him into a convulsion	This is a condition where a person has no control over his body, and his body shakes violently.
708	MRK	9	21	f5zm	figs-ellipsis	ἐκ παιδιόθεν	1	Since childhood	“Since he was a small child.” It may be helpful to state this as a full sentence. Alternate translation: “He has been like this since he was a small child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
709	MRK	9	22	f5yu		σπλαγχνισθεὶς	1	have compassion	“have compassion”
710	MRK	9	23	vh6c	figs-ellipsis	εἰ δύνῃ?	1	‘If you are able’?	Jesus repeated what the man had said to him. Alternate translation: “Do you say to me ‘If you are able’?” or “Why do you say ‘If you are able’?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
711	MRK	9	23	g3nd	figs-rquestion	εἰ δύνῃ?	1	‘If you are able’?	Jesus used this question to rebuke the man’s doubt. It can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not say to me, ‘If you are able.’” or “You ask me if I am able. Of course I am able.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
712	MRK	9	23	kp1x		πάντα δυνατὰ τῷ πιστεύοντι	1	All things are possible for the one who believes	“God can do anything for people who believe in him”
713	MRK	9	23	f3uj		τῷ πιστεύοντι	1	for the one who believes	“for the person” or “for anyone”
714	MRK	9	23	e5kk		τῷ πιστεύοντι	1	for the one who believes	This refers to belief in God. Alternate translation: “believes in God”
715	MRK	9	24	h4y6		βοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ	1	Help my unbelief	The man is asking Jesus to help him overcome his unbelief and increase his faith. Alternate translation: “Help me when I do not believe” or “Help me have more faith”
716	MRK	9	25	qaw4		ἐπισυντρέχει ὄχλος	1	the crowd was running to them	This means that more people were running toward where Jesus was and that the crowd there was growing larger.
717	MRK	9	25	ul8k		τὸ ἄλαλον καὶ κωφὸν πνεῦμα	1	You mute and deaf spirit	The words “mute” and “deaf” can be explained. Alternate translation: “You unclean spirit, you who are causing the boy to be unable to speak and unable to hear”
718	MRK	9	26	adb6		κράξας	1	It cried out	“The unclean spirit cried out”
719	MRK	9	26	i8dz		πολλὰ σπαράξας, αὐτόν	1	convulsed the boy greatly	“shook the boy violently”
720	MRK	9	26	ry3l	figs-explicit	ἐξῆλθεν	1	came out	It is implied that the spirit came out of the boy. Alternate translation: “came out of the boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
721	MRK	9	26	n7h8	figs-simile	ἐγένετο ὡσεὶ νεκρὸς	1	The boy became like a dead person	The boy’s appearance is compared to that of a dead person. Alternate translation: “The boy appeared dead” or “The boy looked like a dead person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
722	MRK	9	26	ns4t		ὥστε τοὺς πολλοὺς	1	so that many	“so that many people”
723	MRK	9	27	g2lt	figs-idiom	κρατήσας τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	took him by his hand	This means that Jesus grasped the boy’s hand with his own hand. Alternate translation: “grasped the boy by the hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
724	MRK	9	27	r9zn		ἤγειρεν αὐτόν	1	lifted him up	“helped him get up”
725	MRK	9	28	sd45		κατ’ ἰδίαν	1	privately	This means they were alone.
726	MRK	9	28	x1ej	figs-ellipsis	ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό	1	cast it out	“cast the unclean spirit out.” This refers to casting the spirit out of the boy. Alternate translation: “cast the unclean spirit out of the boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
727	MRK	9	29	pdk2	figs-doublenegatives	τοῦτο τὸ γένος ἐν οὐδενὶ δύναται ἐξελθεῖν, εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστεία	1	This kind cannot be cast out except by prayer	The words “cannot” and “except” are both negative words. In some languages it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: “This kind can be cast out only by prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
728	MRK	9	29	v2s7	figs-ellipsis	τοῦτο τὸ γένος	1	This kind	This describes unclean spirits. Alternate translation: “This kind of unclean spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
729	MRK	9	30	q4iu			0	Connecting Statement:	After he heals the demon-possessed boy, Jesus and his disciples leave the house where they are staying. He takes time to teach his disciples alone.
730	MRK	9	30	pp6z		κἀκεῖθεν ἐξελθόντες	1	They went out from there	“Jesus and his disciples left that region”
731	MRK	9	30	f12g		παρεπορεύοντο διὰ	1	passed through	“traveled through” or “passed by”
732	MRK	9	31	ywi8	figs-explicit	ἐδίδασκεν γὰρ τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ	1	for he was teaching his disciples	Jesus was teaching his disciples privately, away from the crowd. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “for he was teaching his disciples privately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
733	MRK	9	31	w75k	figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	The Son of Man will be delivered	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
734	MRK	9	31	y5cw	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The Son of Man	Here Jesus refers to himself as the Son of Man. This is an important title for Jesus. “I, the Son of Man,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
735	MRK	9	31	z8ud	figs-metonymy	εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων	1	into the hands of men	Here “hands” is a metonym for control. Alternate translation: “into the control of men” or “so that men will be able to control him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
736	MRK	9	31	s1n2	figs-activepassive	ἀποκτανθεὶς, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστήσεται	1	When he has been killed, after three days he will rise again	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “After they have put him to death and three days have passed, he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
737	MRK	9	32	vtx1	figs-ellipsis	ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτὸν ἐπερωτῆσαι	1	they were afraid to ask him	They were afraid to ask Jesus what his statement meant. Alternate translation: “they were afraid to ask him what it meant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
738	MRK	9	33	xv94	writing-newevent		0	Connecting Statement:	When they come to Capernaum, Jesus teaches his disciples about being humble servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
739	MRK	9	33	swa7		ἦλθον εἰς	1	they came to	“they arrived at.” The word “they” refers to Jesus and his disciples.
740	MRK	9	33	t717		διελογίζεσθε	1	were you discussing	“were you discussing with one another”
741	MRK	9	34	sq3c	figs-explicit	οἱ…ἐσιώπων	1	they were silent	They were silent because they were ashamed to tell Jesus what they had been discussing. Alternate translation: “they were silent because they were ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
742	MRK	9	34	gdg3	figs-explicit	τίς μείζων	1	about who was the greatest	Here “the greatest” refers to “the greatest” among the disciples. Alternate translation: “who was the greatest among them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
743	MRK	9	35	jzl5	figs-metaphor	εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος	1	If anyone wants to be first, he must be last of all	Here the words “first” and “last” are opposites of one another. Jesus speaks of being the “most important” as being “first” and of being the “least important” as being “last.” Alternate translation: “If anyone wants God to consider him to be the most important person of all, he must consider himself to be the least important of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
744	MRK	9	35	t526		πάντων	1	of all	“of all people…of all people”
745	MRK	9	36	gmb1		ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν	1	in their midst	“among them.” The word “their” refers to the crowd.
746	MRK	9	36	idb8		ἐναγκαλισάμενος αὐτὸ	1	He took him in his arms	This means that he hugged the child or picked him up and placed him on his lap.
747	MRK	9	37	h242		ἓν τῶν τοιούτων παιδίων	1	one of these little children	“a child like this”
748	MRK	9	37	ul12	figs-idiom	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	in my name	This means to do something because of love for Jesus. Alternate translation: “because he loves me” or “for my sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
749	MRK	9	37	y24n	figs-explicit	τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1	the one who sent me	This refers to God, who has sent him to earth. Alternate translation: “God, who has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
750	MRK	9	38	idn7		ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης	1	John said to him	“John said to Jesus”
751	MRK	9	38	tn6s	figs-explicit	ἐκβάλλοντα δαιμόνια	1	driving out demons	“sending away demons.” This refers to casting demons out of people. Alternate translation: “driving demons out of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
752	MRK	9	38	dxq5	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου	1	in your name	Here “name” is associated with Jesus’ authority and power. Alternate translation: “by the authority of your name” or “by the power of your name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
753	MRK	9	38	k2i2	figs-idiom	οὐκ ἠκολούθει ἡμῖν	1	he does not follow us	This means that he is not among their group of disciples. Alternate translation: “he is not one of us” or “he does not walk with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
754	MRK	9	40	tma4		οὐκ ἔστιν καθ’ ἡμῶν	1	is not against us	“is not opposing us”
755	MRK	9	40	j8gq		ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἐστιν	1	is for us	It can be explained clearly what this means. Alternate translation: “is trying to achieve the same goals that we are”
756	MRK	9	41	lz5d	figs-metaphor	ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ποτήριον ὕδατος ἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε	1	gives you a cup of water to drink because you are in the name of Christ	Jesus speaks about giving someone a cup of water as an example of how one person may help another. This is a metaphor for helping someone in any way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
757	MRK	9	41	bgq1	figs-litotes	οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ	1	he will not lose	This negative sentence emphasizes the positive meaning. In some languages, it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: “definitely receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
758	MRK	9	42	z6k5		μύλος	1	millstone	a large, round stone used for grinding grain into flour
759	MRK	9	43	g8dv	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου	1	If your hand causes you to stumble	Here “hand” is a metonym for desiring to do something sinful that you would do with your hand. Alternate translation: “If you want to do something sinful with one of your hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
760	MRK	9	43	iku4		κυλλὸν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1	to enter into life maimed	“to be maimed and then to enter into life” or “to be maimed before entering into life”
761	MRK	9	43	g6ww	figs-metaphor	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1	to enter into life	Dying and then beginning to live eternally is spoken of as entering into life. Alternate translation: “to enter into eternal life” or “to die and begin to live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
762	MRK	9	43	qjm9		κυλλὸν	1	maimed	missing a body part as a result of having it removed or being injured. Here it refers to missing a hand. Alternate translation: “without a hand” or “missing a hand”
763	MRK	9	43	ttl7		εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἄσβεστον	1	into the unquenchable fire	“where the fire cannot be put out”
764	MRK	9	45	lx2b	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε	1	If your foot causes you to stumble	Here the word “foot” is a metonym for desiring to do something sinful that you would do with your feet, such as going to a place you should not go to. Alternate translation: “If you want to do something sinful with one of your feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
765	MRK	9	45	vj49		εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν χωλὸν	1	to enter into life lame	“to be lame and then to enter into life” or “to be lame before entering into life”
766	MRK	9	45	r1dy	figs-metaphor	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν	1	to enter into life	Dying and then beginning to live eternally is spoken of as entering into life. Alternate translation: “to enter into eternal life” or “to die and begin to live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
767	MRK	9	45	c2vw		χωλὸν	1	lame	“unable to walk easily.” Here it refers not being able to walk well because of missing a foot. Alternate translation: “without a foot” or “missing a foot”
768	MRK	9	45	tmd6	figs-activepassive	βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν	1	be thrown into hell	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for God to throw you into hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
769	MRK	9	47	n5tw	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔκβαλε αὐτόν	1	If your eye causes you to stumble, tear it out	Here the word “eye” is a metonym for either (1) desiring to sin by looking at something. Alternate translation: “If you want to do something sinful by looking at something, tear your eye out” or (2) Desiring to sin because of what you have looked at. Alternate translation: “If you want to do something sinful because of what you look at, tear your eye out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
770	MRK	9	47	e52s	figs-explicit	μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα	1	to enter into the kingdom of God with one eye than to have two eyes	This refers to the state of a person’s physical body when he dies. A person does not take his physical body with him into eternity. Alternate translation: “to enter into the kingdom of God after having lived on earth with only one eye than to have lived on earth with two eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
771	MRK	9	47	r2gn	figs-activepassive	βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν	1	to be thrown into hell	This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: “for God to throw you into hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
772	MRK	9	48	uh4p	figs-explicit	ὅπου ὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν οὐ τελευτᾷ	1	where their worm does not die	The meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “where worms that eat people there do not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
773	MRK	9	49	mr5y	figs-activepassive	πᾶς…πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται	1	everyone will be salted with fire	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will salt everyone with fire” or “Just as salt purifies a sacrifice, God will purify everyone by allowing them to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
774	MRK	9	49	ma3s	figs-metaphor	πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται	1	will be salted with fire	Here “fire” is a metaphor for suffering, and putting salt on people is a metaphor for purifying them. So “will be salted with fire” is a metaphor for being purified through suffering. Alternate translation: “will be made pure in the fire of suffering” or “will suffer in order to be purified as a sacrifice is purified with salt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
775	MRK	9	50	rb7r		ἄναλον γένηται	1	becomes unsalty	“its salty taste”
776	MRK	9	50	fqb8	figs-rquestion	ἐν τίνι αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε?	1	with what will you season it?	This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “you cannot make it salty again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
777	MRK	9	50	t76n		ἀρτύσετε	1	season it	“taste salty again”
778	MRK	9	50	f34y	figs-metaphor	ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα	1	Have salt in yourselves	Jesus speaks of doing good things for one another as if good things were salt that people possess. Alternate translation: “Do good to each other, like salt adds flavor to food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
779	MRK	10	intro	bq25			0		# Mark 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 10:7-8.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jesus’ teaching about divorce<br><br>The Pharisees wanted to find a way to make Jesus say that it is good to break the law of Moses, so they asked him about divorce. Jesus tells how God originally designed marriage to show that the Pharisees taught wrongly about divorce.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Metaphors are pictures of visible objects that speakers use to explain invisible truths. When Jesus spoke of “the cup which I will drink,” he was speaking of the pain he would suffer on the cross as if it were a bitter, poisonous liquid in a cup.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wishes to become great among you must be your servant” ([Mark 10:43](../../mrk/10/43.md)).
780	MRK	10	1	vf86			0	Connecting Statement:	After Jesus and his disciples leave Capernaum, Jesus reminds the Pharisees, as well as his disciples, what God really expects in marriage and divorce.
781	MRK	10	1	qq93	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖθεν ἀναστὰς	1	Jesus left that place	Jesus’ disciples were traveling with him. They were leaving Capernaum. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples left Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
782	MRK	10	1	j5wa		καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	and to the area beyond the Jordan River	“and to the land on the other side of the Jordan River” or “and to the area east of the Jordan River”
783	MRK	10	1	qyp5		πάλιν ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς	1	He was teaching them again	The word “them” refers to the crowds.
784	MRK	10	1	vzb4		εἰώθει	1	he was accustomed to do	“was his custom” or “he usually did”
785	MRK	10	3	p9nu		τί ὑμῖν ἐνετείλατο Μωϋσῆς?	1	What did Moses command you	Moses gave the law to their ancestors, which they now were also supposed to follow. Alternate translation: “What did Moses command your ancestors about this”
786	MRK	10	4	qu28		βιβλίον ἀποστασίου	1	a certificate of divorce	This was a paper saying that the woman was no longer his wife.
787	MRK	10	5	djt9	writing-quotations	ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς…ἔγραψεν ὑμῖν τὴν ἐντολὴν ταύτην	1	But Jesus said to them…this commandment…your hardness of heart	In some languages speakers do not interrupt a quote to say who is speaking. Rather they say who is speaking at the beginning or end of the complete quote. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to them, ‘It was because…this law.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
788	MRK	10	5	jzb2		πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν, ἔγραψεν ὑμῖν τὴν ἐντολὴν ταύτην	1	because of your hard hearts that he wrote you this law	Long before this time, Moses wrote this law for the Jews and their descendants because they had hard hearts. The Jews of Jesus’ time also had hard hearts, so Jesus included them by using the words “your” and “you.” Alternate translation: “because your ancestors and you had hard hearts that he wrote this law”
789	MRK	10	5	m73x	figs-metonymy	τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν	1	your hardness of heart	Here “hearts” is a metonym for a person’s inner being or mind. The phrase “hard hearts” is a metaphor for “stubbornness.” Alternate translation: “your stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
790	MRK	10	6	m6lj		ἐποίησεν αὐτούς	1	God made them	“God made people”
791	MRK	10	7	k39e			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus continues to quote what God said in the book of Genesis.
792	MRK	10	7	xr7h		ἕνεκεν τούτου	1	For this reason	“Therefore” or “Because of this”
793	MRK	10	8	rd63		οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν	1	and the two…one flesh	Jesus finishes quoting what God said in the book of Genesis.
794	MRK	10	8	p7yc	figs-metaphor	οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ	1	they are no longer two, but one flesh	This is a metaphor to illustrate their close union as husband and wife. Alternate translation: “the two people are like one person” or “they are no longer two, but together they are one body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
795	MRK	10	9	ty4e	figs-explicit	ὃ οὖν ὁ Θεὸς συνέζευξεν, ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω	1	Therefore what God has joined together, let man not separate	The phrase “what God has joined together” refers to any married couple. Alternate translation: “Therefore since God has joined together husband and wife, let no one tear them apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
796	MRK	10	10	ufw6		καὶ εἰς	1	When they were in	“When Jesus and his disciples were”
797	MRK	10	10	c2ya	figs-explicit	εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν	1	they were in the house	Jesus’ disciples were speaking to him privately. Alternate translation: were alone in the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
798	MRK	10	10	l8fu		περὶ τούτου ἐπηρώτων αὐτόν	1	asked him again about this	The word “this” refers to the conversation that Jesus had just had with the Pharisees about divorce.
799	MRK	10	11	i5kp		ὃς ἂν	1	Whoever	“Anyone who”
800	MRK	10	11	vt25		μοιχᾶται ἐπ’ αὐτήν	1	commits adultery against her	Here “her” refers to the first woman he was married to.
801	MRK	10	12	sn1m	figs-explicit	μοιχᾶται	1	she commits adultery	In this situation she commits adultery again her previous husband. Alternate translation: “she commits adultery against him” or “she commits adultery against the first man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
802	MRK	10	13	j3t9			0	Connecting Statement:	When the disciples rebuke the people for bringing their little children to Jesus, he blesses the children and reminds the disciples that people must be as humble as a child to enter the kingdom of God.
803	MRK	10	13	zx1f	writing-newevent	καὶ προσέφερον	1	Then they brought	“Now people were bringing.” This is the next event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
804	MRK	10	13	pk8a	figs-explicit	αὐτῶν ἅψηται	1	he might touch them	This means that Jesus would touch them with his hands and bless them. Alternate translation: “he might touch them with his hands and bless them” or “he might lay his hands on them and bless them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
805	MRK	10	13	w5lm		ἐπετίμησαν αὐτοῖς	1	rebuked them	“rebuked the people”
806	MRK	10	14	lsq4		ἰδὼν…ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	when Jesus noticed it	The word “it” refers to the disciples rebuking the people who were bringing the children to Jesus.
807	MRK	10	14	rv7x		ἠγανάκτησεν	1	he was very displeased	“became angry”
808	MRK	10	14	yi5m	figs-parallelism	ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά	1	Permit the little children to come to me, and do not forbid them	These two clauses have similar meanings, repeated for emphasis. In some languages it is more natural to emphasize this in another way. Alternate translation: “Be sure to allow the little children to come to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
809	MRK	10	14	qj7i	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ κωλύετε	1	do not forbid	This is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: “allow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
810	MRK	10	14	je6w	figs-metaphor	τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	for the kingdom of God belongs to those who are like them	The kingdom belonging to people represents the kingdom including them. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God includes people who are like them” or “because only people like them are members of the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
811	MRK	10	15	y3a2		ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται…παιδίον, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν	1	whoever will not receive…child will definitely not enter it	“if anyone will not recieve…child, he will definitely not enter it”
812	MRK	10	15	a1e7	figs-simile	ὡς παιδίον	1	as a little child	Jesus is comparing how people must receive the kingdom of God to how little children would receive it. Alternate translation: “in the same manner as a child would” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
813	MRK	10	15	h8pt		μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	will not receive the kingdom of God	“will not accept God as their king”
814	MRK	10	15	q3ck		οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν	1	definitely not enter into it	The word “it” refers to the kingdom of God.
815	MRK	10	16	jq4f		ἐναγκαλισάμενος αὐτὰ	1	he took the children into his arms	“he hugged the children”
816	MRK	10	17	fpp6	figs-metaphor	ἵνα ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω	1	to inherit eternal life	Here the man speaks of “receiving” as if it were “inheriting.” This metaphor is used to emphasize the importance of receiving. Also, “inherit” here does not mean that someone has to die first. Alternate translation: to receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
817	MRK	10	18	lw1f	figs-rquestion	τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν?	1	Why do you call me good?	Jesus asks this question to remind the man that no man is good the way God is good. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what you are saying when you call me good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
818	MRK	10	18	b5wg		ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός	1	is good except God alone	“good. Only God is good”
819	MRK	10	19	hj3v		μὴ…ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς	1	do not testify falsely	“do not testify falsely against anyone” or “do not lie about someone in court”
820	MRK	10	21	syq1	figs-metaphor	ἕν σε ὑστερεῖ	1	One thing you lack	“There is one thing you are missing.” Here “lack” is a metaphor for needing to do something. Alternate translation: “One thing you need to do” or “There is one thing you have not yet done” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
821	MRK	10	21	rd85	figs-metonymy	δὸς τοῖς πτωχοῖς	1	give it to the poor	Here the word “it” refers to the things he sells and is a metonym for the money he receives when he sells them. Alternate translation: “give the money to the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
822	MRK	10	21	ux1l	figs-nominaladj	τοῖς πτωχοῖς	1	the poor	This refers to poor people. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
823	MRK	10	21	iij4		θησαυρὸν	1	treasure	wealth, valuable things
824	MRK	10	22	v58f		ἔχων κτήματα πολλά	1	one who had many possessions	“owned many things”
825	MRK	10	23	k5nk		πῶς δυσκόλως	1	How difficult it is	“It is very difficult”
826	MRK	10	24	z9z1		ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς πάλιν ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτοῖς	1	But Jesus answered and said to them again	“Jesus said to his disciples again”
827	MRK	10	24	fh1q	figs-metaphor	τέκνα, πῶς	1	Children, how	“My children, how.” Jesus is teaching them as a father would teach his children. Alternate translation: “My friends, how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
828	MRK	10	24	jf83		πῶς δύσκολόν ἐστιν	1	how hard it is	“it is very hard”
829	MRK	10	25	f15k	figs-hyperbole	εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν…εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν	1	It is easier…to enter into the kingdom of God	Jesus uses an exaggeration to emphasize how very difficult it is for rich people to get into the kingdom of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
830	MRK	10	25	hl4s	figs-hypo	εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον	1	It is easier for a camel	This speaks of an impossible situation. If you cannot state this in this way in your language, it can be written as a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “It would be easier for a camel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
831	MRK	10	25	t4y8		τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος	1	the eye of a needle	“the hole of a needle.” This refers to the small hole in the end of a sewing needle that thread passes through.
832	MRK	10	26	ly6b		οἱ δὲ περισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο	1	They were greatly astonished	“The disciples were”
833	MRK	10	26	q8b7	figs-rquestion	καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι?	1	Then who can be saved?	This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “If that is so, then no one will be saved!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
834	MRK	10	27	a7bi	figs-ellipsis	παρὰ ἀνθρώποις ἀδύνατον, ἀλλ’ οὐ παρὰ Θεῷ	1	With people it is impossible, but not with God	The understood information may be supplied. Alternate translation: “It is impossible for people to save themselves, but God can save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
835	MRK	10	28	hcv3		ἰδοὺ, ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα καὶ ἠκολουθήκαμέν σοι	1	Look, we have left everything and have followed you	Here the word “Look” is used to draw attention to the words that come next. Similar emphasis can be expressed in other ways. Alternate translation: “We have left everything and have followed you”
836	MRK	10	28	cj3f		ἀφήκαμεν πάντα	1	have left everything	“have left everything behind”
837	MRK	10	29	m1w3		ἢ ἀγροὺς	1	or lands	“or plots of ground” or “or the land that he owns”
838	MRK	10	29	hr9y		ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	for my sake	“for my cause” or “for me”
839	MRK	10	29	pf2g		τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1	for the gospel	“to proclaim the gospel”
840	MRK	10	30	zhx5	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ λάβῃ	1	who will not receive	Jesus finishes a sentenc that begins with the words “there is no one who has left” (verse 29). The whole sentence can be stated positively. “everyone who has left house, or brothers, or sisters, or mother, or father, or children, or lands, for my sake, and for the gospel, will receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
841	MRK	10	30	heb4		ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ	1	in this time	“this life” or “this present age”
842	MRK	10	30	jev2		ἀδελφοὺς, καὶ ἀδελφὰς, καὶ μητέρας, καὶ τέκνα	1	brothers, and sisters, and mothers, and children	Like the list in verse 29, this describes the family in general. The word “fathers” is missing in verse 30, but it does not significantly change the meaning.
843	MRK	10	30	ae92	figs-abstractnouns	μετὰ διωγμῶν, καὶ ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ, ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	with persecutions, and in the age to come, eternal life	This can be reworded so that the ideas in the abstract noun “persecution” are expressed with the verb “persecute.” Because the sentence is so long and complicated, “will receive” can be repeated. Alternate translation: “and even though people persecute them, in the world to come, they will receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
844	MRK	10	30	v8nr		ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ	1	in the age to come	“in the future world” or “in the future
845	MRK	10	31	ym7t	figs-metaphor	ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι	1	who are first will be last, and the last first	Here the words “first” and “last” are opposites of one another. Jesus speaks of being the “important” as being “first” and of being the “unimportant” as being “last.” Alternate translation: “are important will be unimportant, and those who are unimportant will be important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
846	MRK	10	31	xcj1	figs-nominaladj	ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι	1	the last first	The phrase “the last” refers to people who are “last.” Also, the understood verb in this clause may be supplied. Alternate translation: “those who are last will be first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
847	MRK	10	32	zc62		ἦσαν δὲ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ…ἦν προάγων αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	They were on the road…and Jesus was going ahead of them	“Jesus and his disciples were walking on the road…and Jesus was in front of his disciples”
848	MRK	10	32	hq7y		οἱ…ἀκολουθοῦντες	1	those who were following behind	“those who were following behind them.” Some people were walking behind Jesus and his disciples.
849	MRK	10	33	pv4w		ἰδοὺ	1	See	“Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
850	MRK	10	33	s1hp	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται	1	the Son of Man will be delivered	Jesus is speaking about himself. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
851	MRK	10	33	ha2g	figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται τοῖς	1	the Son of Man will be delivered to the	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone will deliver the Son of Man to” or “they will hand the Son of Man over to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
852	MRK	10	33	zhf1		κατακρινοῦσιν	1	They will condemn	The word “They” refers to the chief priests and the scribes.
853	MRK	10	33	ils2		παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1	deliver him to the Gentiles	“put him under the control of the Gentiles””
854	MRK	10	34	ccd3		ἐμπαίξουσιν	1	They will mock	“People will mock”
855	MRK	10	34	xa5b		ἀποκτενοῦσιν	1	kill him	“kill him”
856	MRK	10	34	xv2g	figs-explicit	ἀναστήσεται	1	he will rise	This refers to rising from the dead. Alternate translation: “he will rise from being dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
857	MRK	10	35	li9k	figs-exclusive	θέλομεν…αἰτήσωμέν…ἡμῖν	1	we desire…we ask…for us	These words refer only to James and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
858	MRK	10	37	bb98	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου	1	in your glory	“when you are glorified.” The phrase “in your glory” refers to when Jesus is glorified and rules over his kingdom. Alternate translation: “when you rule in your kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
859	MRK	10	38	v1bf		οὐκ οἴδατε	1	You do not know	“You do not understand”
860	MRK	10	38	yvu8	figs-metaphor	πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω	1	drink the cup which I will drink	Here “cup” refers to what Jesus must suffer. Suffering is often referred to as drinking from a cup. Alternate translation: “drink the cup of suffering that I will drink” or “drink from the cup of suffering that I will drink from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
861	MRK	10	38	pd7l	figs-metaphor	τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι βαπτισθῆναι	1	to be baptized with the baptism with which I will be baptized	Here “baptism” and being baptized represent suffering. Just as water covers a person during baptism, suffering will overwhelm Jesus. Alternate translation: “endure the baptism of suffering which I will suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
862	MRK	10	39	r3pm	figs-ellipsis	δυνάμεθα	1	We are able	They respond this way, meaning that they are able to drink the same cup and endure the same baptism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
863	MRK	10	39	hc1g		πίεσθε	1	you will drink	“you will drink as well”
864	MRK	10	40	ig8f		τὸ δὲ καθίσαι ἐκ δεξιῶν μου…οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι	1	But who is to sit at my right hand…is not mine to give	“But I am not the one who allows people to sit at my right hand or my left hand”
865	MRK	10	40	pdc1		ἀλλ’ οἷς ἡτοίμασται	1	but it is for those for whom it has been prepared	“but those places are for those for whom they have been prepared.” The word “it” refers to the places to his right hand and to his left hand.
866	MRK	10	40	eu9v	figs-activepassive	ἡτοίμασται	1	it has been prepared	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has prepared it” or “God has prepared them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
867	MRK	10	41	ad19		ἀκούσαντες,	1	When heard about this	The word “this” refers to James and John asking to sit at Jesus’ right and left hands.
868	MRK	10	42	sbk8		προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus called them to himself	“Jesus called his disciples”
869	MRK	10	42	sfs9	figs-activepassive	οἱ δοκοῦντες ἄρχειν τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	those who are considered rulers of the Gentiles	This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are (1) people in general consider these people the rulers of the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “those whom people consider to be the rulers of the Gentiles” or (2) the Gentiles consider these people their rulers. Alternate translation: “those whom the Gentiles think of as their rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
870	MRK	10	42	hme7		κατακυριεύουσιν	1	dominate	have control or power over
871	MRK	10	42	zfr3		κατεξουσιάζουσιν	1	exercise authority over	“flaunt their authority.” This means that they show or use their authority in an overbearing way.
872	MRK	10	43	zfz6	figs-explicit	οὐχ οὕτως δέ ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν	1	But it shall not be this way among you	This refers back to the previous verse about the Gentile rulers. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “But do not be like them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
873	MRK	10	43	fc3m		μέγας γενέσθαι	1	become great	“be highly respected”
874	MRK	10	44	e7sn	figs-metaphor	εἶναι πρῶτος	1	to be first	This is a metaphor for being the most important. Alternate translation: “to be the most important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
875	MRK	10	45	a3fr	figs-activepassive	γὰρ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι	1	For the Son of Man did not come to be served	This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “For the Son of Man did not come to have people serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
876	MRK	10	45	rik1		διακονηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι	1	to be served, but to serve	“to be served by people, but to serve people”
877	MRK	10	45	d9jd		ἀντὶ πολλῶν	1	for many	“for many people”
878	MRK	10	46	n4i3			0	Connecting Statement:	As Jesus and his disciples continue walking toward Jerusalem, Jesus heals blind Bartimaeus, who then walks with them.
879	MRK	10	46	bq3j	translate-names	ὁ υἱὸς Τιμαίου, Βαρτιμαῖος, τυφλὸς προσαίτης	1	the son of Timaeus, Bartimaeus, a blind beggar	“a blind beggar named Bartimaeus, the son of Timaeus.” Bartimaeus is the name of a man. Timaeus is his father’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
880	MRK	10	47	ynr7	figs-ellipsis	ἀκούσας ὅτι Ἰησοῦς…ἐστιν	1	When he heard that it was Jesus	Bartimaeus heard people saying that it was Jesus. Alternate translation: “When he heard people saying that it was Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
881	MRK	10	47	vwz9	figs-explicit	Υἱὲ Δαυεὶδ	1	Son of David	Jesus is called the Son of David because he is a descendant of King David. Alternate translation: “You who are the Messiah descended from King David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
882	MRK	10	48	ca5u		ἐπετίμων…πολλοὶ	1	Many rebuked	“Many people rebuked”
883	MRK	10	48	m32u		πολλῷ μᾶλλον	1	much more	“even more”
884	MRK	10	49	t5ch	figs-activepassive	εἶπεν, φωνήσατε αὐτόν	1	commanded him to be called	This can be translated in active form or as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “commanded others to call him” or “commanded them, ‘Call him to come over here.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
885	MRK	10	49	ac7h		φωνοῦσι	1	They called	The word “They” refers to the crowd.
886	MRK	10	49	jvr1		θάρσει	1	Take courage!	“Have courage” or “Do not be afraid”
887	MRK	10	49	gnb9		φωνεῖ σε	1	He is calling you	“Jesus is calling for you”
888	MRK	10	50	z6ec		ἀναπηδήσας	1	sprang up	“jumped up”
889	MRK	10	51	i5an		ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ	1	answered him	“answered the blind man”
890	MRK	10	51	dap1		ἀναβλέψω	1	to receive my sight	“to be able to see”
891	MRK	10	52	s5d2	figs-explicit	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Your faith has healed you	This phrase is written this way to place emphasis on the man’s faith. Jesus heals the man because he believes that Jesus can heal him. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I am healing you because you believed in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
892	MRK	10	52	ub7w		ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ	1	he followed him	“he followed Jesus”
893	MRK	11	intro	xg3t			0		# Mark 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 11:9-10, 17, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../../jhn/12/14.md))
894	MRK	11	1	ch4j		καὶ ὅτε ἐγγίζουσιν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, εἰς Βηθφαγὴ καὶ Βηθανίαν πρὸς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν	1	Now as they came to Jerusalem…Bethphage and Bethany, at the Mount of Olives	“When Jesus and his disciples came near to Jerusalem, they came to Bethphage and Bethany near the Mount of Olives” They have come to Bethphage and Bethany in the vicinity of Jerusalem.
895	MRK	11	1	g1fy	translate-names	Βηθφαγὴ	1	Bethphage	This is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
896	MRK	11	2	bi22		τὴν κατέναντι ὑμῶν	1	opposite us	“ahead of us”
897	MRK	11	2	r41g		πῶλον	1	a colt	This refers to a young donkey that is large enough to carry a man.
898	MRK	11	2	yw78	figs-activepassive	ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν	1	on which no one has yet sat	This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “that no one has ever ridden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
899	MRK	11	3	xw55	figs-explicit	τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο?	1	Why are you doing this	It can be written clearly what the word “this” refers to. Alternate translation: “Why are you untying and taking the colt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
900	MRK	11	3	k7fd		αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει	1	has need of it	“needs it”
901	MRK	11	3	yj5y	figs-explicit	εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε	1	they will immediately send it back here	Jesus will send it back promptly when he is finished using it. Alternate translation: “will immediately send it back when he no longer needs it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
902	MRK	11	4	y381		ἀπῆλθον	1	They went away	“The two disciples went”
903	MRK	11	4	i2ml		πῶλον	1	a colt	This refers to a young donkey that is large enough to carry a man. See how you translated this in [Mark 11:2](../11/02.md).
904	MRK	11	6	j39z		οἱ…εἶπον	1	They spoke	“They responded”
905	MRK	11	6	ij7y		καθὼς εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	as Jesus had told them	“as Jesus had told them to respond.” This refers to how Jesus had told them to respond to people’s questions about taking the colt.
906	MRK	11	6	m8pm	figs-idiom	ἀφῆκαν αὐτούς	1	they gave them permission	This means that they allowed them to continue doing what they were doing. Alternate translation: “let them take the donkey with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
907	MRK	11	7	ice6		ἐπιβάλλουσιν αὐτῷ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	threw their cloaks on it, and Jesus sat on it	“laid their cloaks on its back so Jesus could ride it.” It is easier to ride a colt or a horse when there is a blanket or something similar on its back. In this case, the disciples threw their cloaks on it.
908	MRK	11	7	k9g7		τὰ ἱμάτια	1	cloaks	“coats” or “robes”
909	MRK	11	8	t8hy	figs-explicit	πολλοὶ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν ἔστρωσαν εἰς τὴν ὁδόν	1	Many people spread their garments on the road	It was a tradition to lay garments on the road in front of important people to honor them. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Many people spread their garments on the road to honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
910	MRK	11	8	nx3n	figs-explicit	ἄλλοι δὲ στιβάδας κόψαντες ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν	1	and others spread branches they had cut from the fields	It was a tradition to lay palm branches on the road in front of an important people to honor them. Alternate translation: “others spread branches on the road that they had cut from the fields, also to honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
911	MRK	11	9	ye41		οἱ…ἀκολουθοῦντες	1	those who followed	“who followed him”
912	MRK	11	9	d8se	translate-transliterate	ὡσαννά	1	Hosanna	This word means “save us,” but people also shouted it joyfully when they wanted to praise God. You can translate it according to how it was used, or you can write “Hosanna” using your language’s way of spelling that word. Alternate translation: “Praise God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
913	MRK	11	9	x1bz	figs-explicit	εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος	1	Blessed is the one who comes	This is referring to Jesus. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Blessed are you, the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
914	MRK	11	9	e2p6	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	in the name of the Lord	This is a metonym for the Lord’s authority. Alternate translation: “the authority of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
915	MRK	11	9	el81		εὐλογημένος	1	Blessed is	“May God bless”
916	MRK	11	10	a6b4	figs-explicit	εὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ	1	Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David	“Blessed is our father David’s coming kingdom.” This refers to Jesus coming and ruling as king. The word “blessed” can be translated as an active verb. Alternate translation: “Blessed be the coming of your kingdom” or “May God bless you as you rule your coming kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
917	MRK	11	10	diq8	figs-metonymy	τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ	1	of our father David	Here David’s descendant who will rule is referred to as David himself. Alternate translation: “of the greatest descendant of our father David” or “that David’s greatest descendant will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
918	MRK	11	10	b1si		ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις	1	Hosanna in the highest	Possible meanings are (1) “Praise God who is in heaven” or (2) “Let those who are in heaven shout ‘Hosanna’.”
919	MRK	11	10	vqm2	figs-metaphor	τοῖς ὑψίστοις	1	the highest	Here heaven is spoken of as “the highest.” Alternate translation: “the highest heaven” or “heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
920	MRK	11	11	mz8r		ὀψίας ἤδη οὔσης τῆς ὥρας	1	The hour was already late	“because it was late in the day”
921	MRK	11	11	t5nv		ἐξῆλθεν εἰς Βηθανίαν μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα	1	he went out to Bethany with the twelve	“he and his twelve disciples left Jerusalem and went to Bethany”
922	MRK	11	12	zr8n		ἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Βηθανίας	1	when they returned from Bethany	“while they were going back to Jerusalem from Bethany”
923	MRK	11	13	y447			0	Connecting Statement:	This happens while Jesus and his disciples are walking to Jerusalem.
924	MRK	11	13	yg5n		εἰ…τι εὑρήσει ἐν αὐτῇ	1	if he could find any fruit on it	“if there was any fruit on it”
925	MRK	11	13	j6cq	figs-explicit	οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα	1	he found nothing but leaves	This means that he did not find any figs. Alternate translation: “he found only leaves and no figs on the tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
926	MRK	11	13	g76z		ὁ…καιρὸς	1	the season	“the time of year”
927	MRK	11	14	u3bk	figs-apostrophe	εἶπεν αὐτῇ, μηκέτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι	1	spoke to it, “No one will ever eat fruit from you again	Jesus speaks to the fig tree and curses it. He speaks to it so that his disciples hear him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
928	MRK	11	14	b362		εἶπεν αὐτῇ	1	spoke to it	“He spoke to the tree”
929	MRK	11	14	ij5h		ἤκουον οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his disciples heard it	The word “it” refers to Jesus speaking to the fig tree.
930	MRK	11	15	hj7z		ἔρχονται	1	They came	“Jesus and his disciples came”
931	MRK	11	15	md5l	figs-explicit	ἤρξατο ἐκβάλλειν τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἀγοράζοντας ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	began to cast out those who were selling and those who were buying in the temple	Jesus is driving these people out of the temple. This can be written clearly. Alternate translation: “began to drive the sellers and buyers out of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
932	MRK	11	15	s4m2		τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἀγοράζοντας	1	those who were selling and those who were buying	“the people who were buying and selling”
933	MRK	11	17	ve56			0	General Information:	God had said earlier in his word, through the prophet Isaiah, that his temple would be a house of prayer for all the nations.
934	MRK	11	17	xrz2	figs-rquestion	οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν?	1	Is it not written, ‘My house will be called…the nations’?	Jesus is rebuking the Jewish leaders for their misuse of the temple. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is written in the scriptures that God said, ‘I want my house to be called a house where people from all nations may pray.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
935	MRK	11	17	dpt1	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐποιήσατε αὐτὸν σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	But you have made it a den of robbers	Jesus compares the people to robbers and the temple to a robbers’ den. Alternate translation: “But you are like robbers who have made my house into a robbers’ den” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
936	MRK	11	17	qc6k		σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	a den of robbers	“a cave where robbers hide”
937	MRK	11	18	k6dv		ἐζήτουν πῶς	1	they looked for a way	“they were seeking a way”
938	MRK	11	19	h4hg		ὅταν ὀψὲ ἐγένετο	1	When evening came	“In the evening”
939	MRK	11	19	y7la		ἐξεπορεύοντο ἔξω τῆς πόλεως	1	they departed from the city	“Jesus and his disciples left the city”
940	MRK	11	20	m27r			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus uses the example of the fig tree to remind the disciples to have faith in God.
941	MRK	11	20	b56h		παραπορευόμενοι	1	As they walked by	“were walking along the road”
942	MRK	11	20	s8ki	figs-explicit	τὴν συκῆν ἐξηραμμένην ἐκ ῥιζῶν	1	the fig tree withered away to its roots	Translate this statement to clarify that the tree died. Alternate translation: “the fig tree withered away down to its roots and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
943	MRK	11	20	a83v		ἐξηραμμένην	1	withered away	“dried up”
944	MRK	11	21	jt3h	figs-explicit	ἀναμνησθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος	1	Peter remembered	It may be helpful to state what Peter remembered. Alternate translation: “Peter remembered what Jesus had said to the fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
945	MRK	11	22	ry5v		ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγει αὐτοῖς	1	Jesus answered and said to them	“Jesus replied to his disciples”
946	MRK	11	23	sy61		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
947	MRK	11	23	c3cj		ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ	1	whoever says	“if anyone says”
948	MRK	11	23	y76p	figs-metonymy	μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ	1	does not doubt in his heart but believes	Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s mind or inner being. Alternate translation: “if he truly believes in his heart” or “if he does not doubt but believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
949	MRK	11	23	fzp5		ἔσται αὐτῷ	1	it will be done	“God will make happen”
950	MRK	11	24	pn9x	grammar-connect-words-phrases	διὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Therefore I say to you	“So I tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
951	MRK	11	24	tu5z	figs-explicit	ἔσται ὑμῖν	1	it will be yours	It is understood that this will happen because God will provide what you ask for. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “God will give it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
952	MRK	11	25	m7xi		ὅταν στήκετε προσευχόμενοι	1	When you stand and pray	It is common in Hebrew culture to stand when praying to God. Alternate translation: “When you pray”
953	MRK	11	25	f6ex		εἴ τι ἔχετε κατά τινος	1	whatever you have against anyone	“whatever grudge you have against anyone.” Here the word “whatever” refers to any grudge you hold against someone for sinning against you or any anger you have against someone.
954	MRK	11	27	n3ei			0	Connecting Statement:	The next day when Jesus returns to temple, he gives the chief priests, scribes, and elders an answer to their question about his casting the money changers out of the temple area, by asking them another question, which they were not willing to answer.
955	MRK	11	27	s2ac		ἔρχονται…εἰς	1	they came to	“Jesus and his disciples came to”
956	MRK	11	27	alh5		ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ περιπατοῦντος αὐτοῦ	1	Jesus was walking in the temple	This means that Jesus was walking around inside of the temple; he was not walking into the temple.
957	MRK	11	28	r3ik		ἔλεγον αὐτῷ	1	They said to him	The word “They” refers to the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders.
958	MRK	11	28	se9b	figs-parallelism	ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? ἢ, τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην, ἵνα ταῦτα ποιῇς?	1	By what authority do you do these things, and who gave you the authority to do them?	Possible meanings: (1) Both of these questions have the same meaning and are asked together to strongly question Jesus’ authority and so can be combined. Alternate translation: “Who gave you authority to do these things?” (2) They are two separate questions, the first asking about the nature of the authority and the second about who gave it to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
959	MRK	11	28	p5u3	figs-explicit	ταῦτα ποιεῖς	1	you do these things	The words “these things” refer to Jesus turning over the sellers’ tables in the temple and speaking against what the chief priests and scribes taught. Alternate translation: “things like those you did here yesterday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
960	MRK	11	29	v7q9		ἀποκρίθητέ μοι	1	Answer me	“Answer me”
961	MRK	11	30	jj91		τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου	1	The baptism of John	“The baptism that John performed”
962	MRK	11	30	fr1b		ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων	1	was it from heaven or from men	“was it authorized by heaven or by men”
963	MRK	11	30	sh7b	figs-metonymy	ἐξ οὐρανοῦ	1	from heaven	Here “heaven” refers to God. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
964	MRK	11	30	i5is		ἐξ ἀνθρώπων	1	from men	“from people”
965	MRK	11	31	s9vv	figs-ellipsis	ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ	1	If we say, ‘From heaven,’	This refers to the source of the baptism of John. Alternate translation: “If we say, ‘It was from heaven,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
966	MRK	11	31	nu1m	figs-metonymy	ἐξ οὐρανοῦ	1	From heaven	Here “heaven” refers to God. See how you translated this in [Mark 11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: “From God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
967	MRK	11	31	t9er		οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ	1	you did not believe him	The word “him” refers to John the Baptist.
968	MRK	11	32	aus1	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων	1	But if we say, ‘From men,’	This refers to the source of the baptism of John. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘It was from men,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
969	MRK	11	32	v2gs		ἐξ ἀνθρώπων	1	From men	“From people”
970	MRK	11	32	b5qb	figs-explicit	ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων…ἦν.	1	But if we say, ‘From men,’….	The religious leaders imply that they will suffer from the people if they give this answer. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘From men,’ that would not be good.” or “But we do not want to say that it was from men.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
971	MRK	11	32	z998	figs-explicit	ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον	1	They were afraid of the people	The author, Mark, explains why the religious leaders did not want to say that John’s baptism was from men. This can be stated clearly. “They said this to each other because they were afraid of the people” or “They did not want to say that John’s baptism was from men because they were afraid of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
972	MRK	11	33	us4a	figs-ellipsis	οὐκ οἴδαμεν	1	We do not know	This refers to the baptism of John. This understood information may be supplied. Alternate translation: “We do not know where the baptism of John came from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
973	MRK	12	intro	ne55			0		# Mark 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:10-11, 36, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Hypothetical Situations<br><br>Hypothetical situations are situations that have not actually happened. People describe these situations so they learn what their hearers think is good and bad or right and wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
974	MRK	12	1	w2hb	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus speaks this parable against the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
975	MRK	12	1	qa93		καὶ ἤρξατο αὐτοῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖν	1	Then Jesus began to speak to them in parables	The word “them” here refers to the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders to whom Jesus had been talking in the previous chapter.
976	MRK	12	1	qap8		περιέθηκεν φραγμὸν	1	put a hedge around it	He put a barrier around the vineyard. It could have been a row of shrubs, a fence, or a stone wall.
977	MRK	12	1	ns9e	figs-explicit	ὤρυξεν ὑπολήνιον	1	dug a pit for a winepress	This means that he carved a pit on the rock, which would be the bottom part of the winepress used for collecting the squeezed grape juice. Alternate translation: “carved a pit into rock for the winepress” or “he made a vat to collect the juice from the winepress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
978	MRK	12	1	l2i2		ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς	1	leased the vineyard to vine growers	The owner still owned the vineyard, but he allowed the vine growers to take care of it. When the grapes became ripe, they were to give some of them to the owner and keep the rest.
979	MRK	12	2	s83v	figs-explicit	τῷ καιρῷ	1	At the harvest time	This refers to the time of harvest. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “When the time came to harvest the grapes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
980	MRK	12	3	vz7k		καὶ λαβόντες αὐτὸν	1	But they took him	“But the vine growers took the servant”
981	MRK	12	3	c321	figs-explicit	κενόν	1	with nothing	This means that they did not give him any of the fruit. Alternate translation: “without any grapes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
982	MRK	12	4	f3f4		ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς	1	he sent to them	“the owner of the vineyard sent to the vine growers”
983	MRK	12	4	w1ge	figs-explicit	κἀκεῖνον ἐκεφαλίωσαν	1	they wounded him in the head	This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: “they beat that one on the head, and they hurt him terribly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
984	MRK	12	5	l1yw	figs-ellipsis	ἄλλον…πολλοὺς ἄλλους	1	yet another…many others	These phrases refer to other servants. Alternate translation: “yet another servant…many other servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
985	MRK	12	6	z5hz	figs-explicit	υἱὸν ἀγαπητόν	1	a beloved son	It is implied that this is the owner’s son. Alternate translation: “his beloved son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
986	MRK	12	7	m63e	figs-explicit	ὁ κληρονόμος	1	the heir	This is the owner’s heir, who would inherit the vineyard after his father died. Alternate translation: “the owner’s heir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
987	MRK	12	7	s5dc	figs-synecdoche	ἡ κληρονομία	1	the inheritance	The tenants are referring to the vineyard as “the inheritance.” Alternate translation: “this vineyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
988	MRK	12	8	gx6l		λαβόντες	1	they seized him	“The vine growers seized the son”
989	MRK	12	9	r4md	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος?	1	Therefore, what will the owner of the vineyard do?	Jesus asks a question and then gives the answer to teach the people. The question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “So I will tell you what the owner of the vineyard will do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
990	MRK	12	9	rde6	grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὖν	1	Therefore	Jesus has finished telling the parable and is now asking the people what they think will happen next. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
991	MRK	12	9	g4ce		ἀπολέσει	1	destroy	kill
992	MRK	12	9	mc5y	figs-explicit	δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις	1	will give the vineyard to others	The word “others” refers to other vine growers who will care for the vineyard. Alternate translation: “he will give the vineyard to vine growers to care for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
993	MRK	12	10	v6ta			0	General Information:	This scripture was written long before in God’s word.
994	MRK	12	10	xj9j	figs-rquestion	οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε:	1	Have you not read this scripture:	Jesus reminds the people of a scripture passage. He uses a rhetorical question here to rebuke them. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read this scripture.” or “You should remember this scripture.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
995	MRK	12	10	jpa3		ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	has become the cornerstone	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord made into the cornerstone”
996	MRK	12	11	r8z8		παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη	1	This was from the Lord	“The Lord has done this”
997	MRK	12	11	k5w6	figs-metaphor	ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν	1	it is marvelous in our eyes	Here “in our eyes” stands for seeing, which is a metaphor for the people’s opinion. Alternate translation: “we have seen it and think that it is marvelous” or “we think that it is wonderful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
998	MRK	12	12	b1vz		ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι	1	they sought to arrest Jesus	“They” refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders. This group may be referred to as the “Jewish leaders.”
999	MRK	12	12	sl74		ἐζήτουν	1	sought	“wanted”
1000	MRK	12	12	lx62	figs-explicit	καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον	1	but they feared the crowd	They were afraid of what the crowd would do to them if they arrested Jesus. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “but they feared what the crowd would do if they arrested him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1001	MRK	12	12	v9wb		πρὸς αὐτοὺς	1	against them	“to accuse them”
1002	MRK	12	13	s1hb			0	Connecting Statement:	In an effort to trap Jesus, some of the Pharisees and Herodians, and then the Sadducees, come to Jesus with questions.
1003	MRK	12	13	z2sf		καὶ ἀποστέλλουσιν	1	Then they sent	“Then the Jewish leaders sent”
1004	MRK	12	13	pj3c		τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν	1	the Herodians	This was the name of an informal political party that supported Herod Antipas.
1005	MRK	12	13	kuy5	figs-metaphor	ἵνα αὐτὸν ἀγρεύσωσιν	1	in order to trap him	Here the author describes tricking Jesus as “trapping him.” Alternate translation: “to trick him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1006	MRK	12	14	dh3d		ἐλθόντες, λέγουσιν	1	When they came, they said	Here “they” refers to those sent from among the Pharisees and the Herodians.
1007	MRK	12	14	cp3x	figs-litotes	οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός	1	do not defer to anyone	This means that Jesus is not concerned. The negation can modify the verb instead. Alternate translation: “you do not care about people’s opinions” or “you are not concerned with earning people’s favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1008	MRK	12	15	g48w	figs-explicit	ὁ…εἰδὼς αὐτῶν τὴν ὑπόκρισιν	1	Jesus knew their hypocrisy	They were acting hypocritically. This can be explained more clearly. Alternate translation: “Jesus knew that they did not really want to know what God wanted them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1009	MRK	12	15	c7nj	figs-rquestion	τί με πειράζετε?	1	Why do you test me?	Jesus rebukes the Jewish leaders because they were trying to trick him. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know you are trying to make me say something wrong so you can accuse me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1010	MRK	12	15	wl34	translate-bmoney	δηνάριον	1	a denarius	This coin was worth a day’s wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1011	MRK	12	16	ev6s		οἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν	1	So they brought one	“The Pharisees and the Herodians brought a denarius”
1012	MRK	12	16	wd1n		ἡ εἰκὼν…καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή	1	likeness and inscription	“picture and name”
1013	MRK	12	16	gi96	figs-ellipsis	οἱ…εἶπαν αὐτῷ, Καίσαρος.	1	They said to him, “Caesar’s.”	Here “Caesar’s” refers to his likeness and inscription. Alternate translation: “They said, ‘They are Caesar’s likeness and inscription” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1014	MRK	12	17	fl4l	figs-metonymy	τὰ Καίσαρος ἀπόδοτε Καίσαρι	1	Give to Caesar the things that are Caesar’s	Jesus is teaching that his people must respect the government by paying taxes. This figure of speech can be clarified by changing Caesar to Roman government. Alternate translation: “Give to the Roman government the things that belong to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1015	MRK	12	17	la16	figs-ellipsis	καὶ…τῷ Θεῷ	1	and to God	The understood verb may be supplied. Alternate translation: “and give to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1016	MRK	12	17	pw4r	figs-explicit	ἐξεθαύμαζον ἐπ’ αὐτῷ	1	They marveled at him	They were amazed at what Jesus had said. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “They marveled at him and at what he had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1017	MRK	12	18	rdl7	figs-explicit	οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι	1	who say there is no resurrection	This phrase explains who the Sadducees were. This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: “who say there is no resurrection from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1018	MRK	12	19	e8x2	figs-quotations	Μωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ	1	Moses wrote for us, ‘If a man’s brother dies	The Sadducees are quoting what Moses had written in the law. Moses’ quote can be expressed as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote for us that if a man’s brother dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1019	MRK	12	19	m8fh		ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν	1	wrote for us	“wrote for us Jews.” The Sadducees were a group of Jews. Here they use the word “us” to refer to themselves and all Jews.
1020	MRK	12	19	g49e		λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα	1	he should take his brother’s wife	“the man should marry his brother’s wife”
1021	MRK	12	19	m2um	figs-explicit	ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ	1	raise up offspring for his brother	“have a son for his brother.” The man’s first son would be considered to be the dead brother’s son, and the son’s descendants would be considered to be the dead brother’s descendants. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “have a son who will be considered to be the dead brother’s son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1022	MRK	12	20	wz27	figs-hypo	ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν	1	There were seven brothers	The Sadducees talk about a situation that did not really happen because they want Jesus to tell them what he thinks is right and wrong. Alternate translation: “Suppose there were seven brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1023	MRK	12	20	pj71		ὁ πρῶτος	1	the first	the first brother
1024	MRK	12	20	af1t		ὁ πρῶτος ἔλαβεν γυναῖκα	1	the first took a wife	“the first married a woman.” Here marrying a woman is spoken of as “taking” her.
1025	MRK	12	21	d61g	figs-ellipsis	ὁ δεύτερος…ὁ τρίτος	1	the second…the third	These numbers refer to each of the brothers and can be expressed as such. Alternate translation: “the second brother…the third brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1026	MRK	12	21	na6s		ὁ δεύτερος ἔλαβεν αὐτήν	1	the second took her	“the second married her.” Here marrying a woman is spoken of as “taking” her.
1027	MRK	12	21	l1ds	figs-explicit	ὁ τρίτος ὡσαύτως	1	the third likewise	It may be helpful to explain what “likewise” means. Alternate translation: “the third brother married her as his other bothers did, and he also died leaving no children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1028	MRK	12	22	wjq8	figs-ellipsis	οἱ ἑπτὰ	1	The seven	This refers to all the brothers. Alternate translation: “The seven brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1029	MRK	12	22	l3dg	figs-explicit	οἱ ἑπτὰ οὐκ ἀφῆκαν σπέρμα	1	The seven did not leave offspring	Each of the brothers married the woman and then died before he had any children with her. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Eventually all seven brothers married that woman one by one, but none of them had any children with her, and one by one they died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1030	MRK	12	23	w4wu	figs-rquestion	ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει, ὅταν ἀναστῶσιν, τίνος αὐτῶν ἔσται γυνή	1	In the resurrection, when they rise again, whose wife will she be?	The Sadducees are testing Jesus by asking this question. If your readers can only understand this as a request for information, this can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Now tell us whose wife she will be in the resurrection, when they all rise again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1031	MRK	12	24	zp2p	figs-rquestion	οὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε…τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ?	1	Is this not the reason you are mistaken…power of God?	Jesus rebukes the Sadducees because they are mistaken about God’s law. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are mistaken because…power of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1032	MRK	12	24	li2y		μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς	1	you do not know the scriptures	This means that they do not understand what is written in the Old Testament scriptures.
1033	MRK	12	24	i8il		τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the power of God	“how powerful God is”
1034	MRK	12	25	nvh6		ὅταν γὰρ…ἀναστῶσιν	1	For when they rise	Here the word “they” refers to the brothers and the woman from the example.
1035	MRK	12	25	y8vz	figs-metaphor	ἀναστῶσιν	1	they rise	Waking and getting up from sleep is a metaphor for becoming alive after having been dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1036	MRK	12	25	vh7r		ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
1037	MRK	12	25	p5ak		οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται	1	they neither marry nor are given in marriage	“they do not marry, and they are not given in marriage”
1038	MRK	12	25	h7ii	figs-activepassive	γαμίζονται	1	are given in marriage	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and no one gives them in marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1039	MRK	12	25	pi8l		τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	heaven	This refers to the place where God lives.
1040	MRK	12	26	z36n	figs-activepassive	ὅτι ἐγείρονται	1	that are raised	This can be expressed with an active verb. Alternate translation: “who rise” or “who rise to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1041	MRK	12	26	jc5a		τῇ βίβλῳ Μωϋσέως	1	the book of Moses	“the book that Moses wrote”
1042	MRK	12	26	w2lj	figs-explicit	τοῦ βάτου	1	the account about the bush	This refers to the part of the Book of Moses that tells about when God spoke to Moses out of a bush that was burning but that did not burn up. Alternate translation: “the passage about the burning bush” or “the words about the fiery bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1043	MRK	12	26	si2b		τοῦ βάτου	1	the bush	This refers to a shrub, a woody plant that is smaller than a tree.
1044	MRK	12	26	y35v		πῶς εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Θεὸς	1	how God spoke to him	“about when God spoke to Moses”
1045	MRK	12	26	re82		ἐγὼ ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ…Ἰσαὰκ…Ἰακώβ	1	I am the God of Abraham…Isaac…Jacob	This means that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob worship God. These men have died physically, but they are still alive spiritually and still worship God.
1046	MRK	12	27	dgc9	figs-nominaladj	οὐκ…Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων	1	not the God of the dead, but of the living	Here “the dead” refers to people who are dead, and “the living” refers to people who are alive. Also, the words “the God” can be stated clearly in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “not the God of dead people, but the God of living people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1047	MRK	12	27	l22e		ζώντων	1	the living	This includes people who are alive physically and spiritually.
1048	MRK	12	27	wmz2	figs-explicit	πολὺ πλανᾶσθε	1	You are quite mistaken	It may be helpful to state what they are mistaken about. Alternate translation: “When you say that dead people do not rise again, you are quite mistaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1049	MRK	12	27	sp7x		πολὺ πλανᾶσθε	1	You are quite mistaken	“completely mistaken” or “very wrong”
1050	MRK	12	28	q1u5		ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτόν	1	He asked him	“The scribe asked Jesus”
1051	MRK	12	29	n74y	figs-nominaladj	πρώτη ἐστίν	1	The first is	“The most important” refers to the most important commandment. Alternate translation: “The most important commandment is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1052	MRK	12	29	mq92		ἄκουε, Ἰσραήλ, Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν	1	Hear, Israel, the Lord our God, the Lord is one	“Listen, O Israel! The Lord our God is one Lord”
1053	MRK	12	30	q49v	figs-metonymy	ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου	1	with all your heart, with all your soul, with all your mind, and with all your strength	Here “heart” and “soul” are metonyms for a person’s inner being. These four phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1054	MRK	12	31	tp6p	figs-simile	ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν	1	You must love your neighbor as yourself	Jesus uses this simile to compare how people are to love each other with the same love as they love themselves. Alternate translation: “love your neighbor as much as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1055	MRK	12	31	pyc1		τούτων	1	than these	Here the word “these” refers to the two commandments that Jesus had just told the people.
1056	MRK	12	32	qqm4		καλῶς, Διδάσκαλε	1	Good, Teacher	“Good answer, Teacher” or “Well said, Teacher”
1057	MRK	12	32	awe3	figs-idiom	εἷς ἐστιν	1	God is one	This means that there is only one God. Alternate translation: “there is only one God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1058	MRK	12	32	as2j	figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλος	1	that there is no other	The word “God” is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “that there is no other God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1059	MRK	12	33	xnq9	figs-metonymy	ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας…ἐξ ὅλης τῆς συνέσεως…ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος	1	with all the heart…all the understanding…all the strength	Here “heart” is a metonym for person’s thoughts, feelings, or inner being. These three phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1060	MRK	12	33	tw15	figs-simile	τὸ ἀγαπᾶν τὸν πλησίον ὡς ἑαυτὸν	1	to love one’s neighbor as oneself	This simile compares how people are to love each other with the same love that they love themselves. Alternate translation: “to love your neighbor as much as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1061	MRK	12	33	ll9t	figs-idiom	περισσότερόν ἐστιν	1	is even more than	This idiom means that something is more important than something else. In this case, these two commandments are more pleasing to God that burnt offering and sacrifices. This may be written clearly. Alternate translation: “is even more important than” or “is even more pleasing to God than” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1062	MRK	12	34	b144	figs-litotes	οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	You are not far from the kingdom of God	This can be stated in positive form. Here Jesus speaks of the man being ready to submit to God as king as being physically close to the kingdom of God, as if it where a physical place. Alternate translation: “You are close to submitting to God as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1063	MRK	12	34	rgh8	figs-litotes	οὐδεὶς…ἐτόλμα	1	no one dared	This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “everyone was afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1064	MRK	12	35	ptc8	figs-explicit	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἔλεγεν διδάσκων ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	While Jesus was teaching in the temple courts, he asked and said	Some time has passed and Jesus is now in the temple. This is not part of the previous conversation. Alternate translation: “Later, while Jesus was teaching in the temple area, he said to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1065	MRK	12	35	q6e4	figs-rquestion	πῶς λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖς ὅτι ὁ Χριστὸς, υἱὸς Δαυείδ ἐστιν?	1	How is it that the scribes say the Christ is the son of David?	Jesus uses this question to get the people to think deeply about the Psalm he is about to quote. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Consider why the scribes say the Christ is the son of David.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1066	MRK	12	35	i6a4		υἱὸς Δαυείδ	1	the son of David	“a descendant of David”
1067	MRK	12	36	e1zq	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ	1	David himself	This word “himself” refers to David and is used to place emphasis on him and what he said. Alternate translation: “It was David who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1068	MRK	12	36	ejy2	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ	1	in the Holy Spirit	This means that he was inspired by the Holy Spirit. That is, the Holy Spirit directed David in what he said. Alternate translation: “inspired by the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1069	MRK	12	36	dv7b	figs-explicit	εἶπεν…εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου	1	said, ‘The Lord said to my Lord	Here David calls God “The Lord” and calls the Christ “my Lord.” This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: “said about the Christ, ‘The Lord God said to my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1070	MRK	12	36	v53p	translate-symaction	κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	Sit at my right hand	Jesus is quoting a psalm. Here God is speaking to the Christ. To sit at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1071	MRK	12	36	mml8	figs-metaphor	ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	until I make your enemies your footstool	In this quote, God speaks of defeating enemies as making them into a footstool. Alternate translation: “until I completely defeat your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1072	MRK	12	37	ka5u		λέγει αὐτὸν, Κύριον	1	calls him ‘Lord,’	Here the word “him” refers to the Christ.
1073	MRK	12	37	rh2t	figs-rquestion	καὶ πόθεν υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν?	1	so how can the Christ be David’s son?	This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “so consider how the Christ can be a descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1074	MRK	12	38	k31m	figs-abstractnouns	ἀσπασμοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς	1	greetings in the marketplaces	The noun “greetings” can be expressed with the verb “greet.” These greetings showed that the people respected the scribes. Alternate translation: “to be greeted respectfully in the marketplaces” or “people to greet them respectfully in the marketplaces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1075	MRK	12	40	jtw4	figs-metaphor	οἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν	1	They devour widows’ houses	Here Jesus describes the scribes’ cheating of widows and stealing of their houses as “devouring” their houses. Alternate translation: “They also cheat widows in order to steal their houses from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1076	MRK	12	40	j27b	figs-synecdoche	τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν	1	widows’ houses	The words “widows” and “houses” are synecdoches for helpless people and all of a person’s important possessions, respectively. Alternate translation: “everything from helpless people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1077	MRK	12	40	qm52	figs-activepassive	οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα	1	These men will receive greater condemnation	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish them with greater condemnation” or “God will certainly punish them severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1078	MRK	12	40	h36x	figs-explicit	λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα	1	will receive greater condemnation	The word “greater” implies a comparison. Here the comparison is to other men who are punished. Alternate translation: “will receive greater condemnation than other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1079	MRK	12	41	r69x			0	Connecting Statement:	Still in the temple area, Jesus comments on the value of the widow’s offering.
1080	MRK	12	41	p2kp		τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου	1	the temple offering box	This box, which everyone could use, held temple offerings.
1081	MRK	12	42	g6ry	translate-bmoney	λεπτὰ δύο	1	two mites	“two small copper coins.” These were the least valuable coins available. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1082	MRK	12	42	n29e		ἐστιν κοδράντης	1	worth a penny	“worth very little.” A penny is worth very little. Translate “penny” with the name of the smallest coin in your language if you have one that is worth very little.
1083	MRK	12	43	ipl1	translate-versebridge		0	General Information:	In verse 43 Jesus says that the widow put more money in the offering than the rich people put in, and in verse 44 he tells his reason for saying that. The information can be reordered so that Jesus tells his reason first and then says that the widow put in more, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
1084	MRK	12	43	n7su		προσκαλεσάμενος	1	He called	“Jesus called”
1085	MRK	12	43	q124		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
1086	MRK	12	43	n8z5		πάντων…τῶν βαλλόντων εἰς	1	all of them who contributed to	“all the other people who put money into”
1087	MRK	12	44	ui9a		τοῦ περισσεύοντος	1	abundance	much wealth, many valuable things
1088	MRK	12	44	l4tp		τῆς ὑστερήσεως αὐτῆς	1	her poverty	“lack” or “the little she had”
1089	MRK	12	44	p3as		τὸν βίον αὐτῆς	1	she had to live on	“to survive on”
1090	MRK	13	intro	ti7d			0		# Mark 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:24-25, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The return of Christ<br><br>Jesus said much about what would happen before he returned ([Mark 13:6-37](./06.md)). He told his followers that bad things would happen to the world and bad things would happen to them before he returned, but they needed to be ready for him to return at any time.
1091	MRK	13	1	rrv1			0	General Information:	As they leave the temple area, Jesus tells his disciples what will happen in the future to the wonderful temple that Herod the Great has built.
1092	MRK	13	1	ql81	figs-explicit	ποταποὶ λίθοι καὶ ποταπαὶ οἰκοδομαί	1	What wonderful stones and wonderful buildings	The “stones” refer to the stones that the buildings were built with. Alternate translation: “the wonderful buildings and the wonderful stones that they are made of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1093	MRK	13	2	rez6	figs-rquestion	βλέπεις ταύτας τὰς μεγάλας οἰκοδομάς? οὐ μὴ…λίθος	1	Do you see these great buildings? Not one stone	This question is used to draw attention to the buildings. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Look at these great buildings! Not one stone” or “You see these great buildings now, but not one stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1094	MRK	13	2	zu46	figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ μὴ καταλυθῇ	1	Not one stone will be left on another which will not be torn down	It is implied that enemy soldiers will tear down the stones. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Not one stone will remain on top of another, for enemy soldiers will come and destroy these buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1095	MRK	13	3	e913			0	Connecting Statement:	In answer to the disciples’ questions about the temple’s destruction and what was going to happen, Jesus tells them what was going to take place in the future.
1096	MRK	13	3	izt8	figs-explicit	καὶ καθημένου αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν κατέναντι τοῦ ἱεροῦ…Πέτρος	1	Now as he was sitting on the Mount of Olives opposite the temple, Peter	It can be expressed clearly that Jesus and his disciples had walked to the Mount of Olives. Alternate translation: “After arriving at the Mount of Olives, which is opposite the temple, Jesus sat down. Then Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1097	MRK	13	3	u7ju		κατ’ ἰδίαν	1	privately	when they were alone
1098	MRK	13	4	uf37	figs-explicit	ταῦτα ἔσται…μέλλῃ…συντελεῖσθαι	1	these things will be…are about to be fulfilled	This refers to what Jesus had just said will happen to the stones of the temple. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “these things happen to the buildings of the temple…are about to happen to the temple buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1099	MRK	13	4	lw1n		ὅταν…ταῦτα…πάντα	1	when all these things	“that all these things”
1100	MRK	13	5	fe42		λέγειν αὐτοῖς	1	to them	“to his disciples”
1101	MRK	13	5	u79c		ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ	1	leads you astray	Here “leads you astray” is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: “deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1102	MRK	13	6	wv12		πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν	1	they will lead many astray	Here “lead…astray” is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: “they will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1103	MRK	13	6	z63u	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	in my name	Possible meanings are (1) “claiming my authority” or (2) “claiming that God sent them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1104	MRK	13	6	l7f9		ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I am he	“I am the Christ”
1105	MRK	13	7	fl5h		ἀκούσητε πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων	1	hear of wars and rumors of wars	“hear of wars and reports about wars.” Possible meanings are (1) “hear the sounds of wars close by and news of wars far away” or (2) “hear of wars that have started and reports about wars that are about to start”
1106	MRK	13	7	d1k9		ἀλλ’ οὔπω τὸ τέλος	1	but the end is not yet	“but it is not yet the end” or “but the end will not happen until later” or “but the end will be later”
1107	MRK	13	7	mi4d	figs-explicit	τὸ τέλος	1	the end	This probably refers to the end of the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1108	MRK	13	8	xln4	figs-idiom	ἐγερθήσεται…ἐπ’	1	will rise against	This idiom means to fight against one another. Alternate translation: “will fight against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1109	MRK	13	8	e2ln	figs-ellipsis	βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν	1	kingdom against kingdom	The words “will rise” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “kingdom will rise against kingdom” or “the people of one kingdom will fight against the people of another kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1110	MRK	13	8	dz8g	figs-metaphor	ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα	1	These are the beginnings of birth pains	Jesus speaks of these disasters as the beginnings of birth pains because more severe things will happen after them. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1111	MRK	13	9	c2cl		βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς	1	You must watch out for yourselves	“Be ready for what people will do to you”
1112	MRK	13	9	xsy1		παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια	1	They will deliver you up to councils	“take you and put you under the control of councils”
1113	MRK	13	9	zdp8	figs-activepassive	δαρήσεσθε	1	you will be beaten	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people will beat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1114	MRK	13	9	gbb4	figs-idiom	ἐπὶ…σταθήσεσθε	1	You will stand before	This means to be put on trial and judged. Alternate translation: “You will be put on trial before” or “You will be brought to trial and judged by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1115	MRK	13	9	j5n2		ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	because of me	“because of me” or “on account of me”
1116	MRK	13	9	y6p6	figs-explicit	εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1	as a testimony to them	This means they will testify about Jesus. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “and testify to them about me” or “and you will tell them about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1117	MRK	13	10	ruk9	figs-explicit	καὶ εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη πρῶτον δεῖ κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον	1	But the gospel must first be proclaimed to all the nations	Jesus is still speaking about things that must happen before the end comes. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “But the gospel must first be proclaimed to all the nations before the end will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1118	MRK	13	11	uy91	figs-idiom	παραδιδόντες	1	hand you over	Here this means to put people under the control of the authorities. Alternate translation: “give you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1119	MRK	13	11	a9b6	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον	1	but the Holy Spirit	The words “will speak” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1120	MRK	13	12	py9u		παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον	1	Brother will deliver up brother to death	“One brother will put another brother under the control of people who will kill him” or “Brothers will put their brothers under the control of people who will kill them.” This will happen many times to many different people. Jesus is not speaking of just one person and his brother.
1121	MRK	13	12	g3jv	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν	1	Brother…brother	This refers to both brothers and sisters. Alternate translation: “People…their siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1122	MRK	13	12	b9ux	figs-ellipsis	πατὴρ τέκνον	1	a father his child	The words “will deliver up to death” are understood from the previous phrase. This means that some fathers will betray their children, and this betrayal will cause their children to be killed. Alternate translation: “fathers will deliver up their children to death” or “fathers will betray their children, handing them over to be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1123	MRK	13	12	r66s	figs-idiom	ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς	1	Children will rise up against their parents	This means that children will oppose their parents and betray them. Alternate translation: “Children will oppose their parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1124	MRK	13	12	si65	figs-activepassive	θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς	1	cause them to be put to death	This means that the authorities will sentence the parents to be put to death. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “cause the authorities to sentence the parents to die” or “the authorities will kill the parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1125	MRK	13	13	pk3g	figs-activepassive	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1	You will be hated by everyone	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1126	MRK	13	13	jhp6	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	because of my name	Jesus uses the metonym “my name” to refer to himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1127	MRK	13	13	w28q	figs-activepassive	ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται	1	the one who endures to the end, that person will be saved	This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1128	MRK	13	13	c33n	figs-explicit	ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος	1	the one who endures to the end	Here “endures” represents continuing to be faithful to God even while suffering. Alternate translation: “whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1129	MRK	13	13	vcz4		εἰς τέλος	1	to the end	Possible meanings are (1) “to the end of his life” or (2) “to the end of that time of trouble”
1130	MRK	13	14	d4nw	figs-metaphor	τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως	1	the abomination of desolation	This phrase is from the book of Daniel. His audience would have been familiar with this passage and the prophecy about the abomination entering the temple and defiling it. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1131	MRK	13	14	vx3c	figs-explicit	ἑστηκότα ὅπου οὐ δεῖ	1	standing where it should not be	Jesus’ audience would have known that this refers to the temple. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple, where it should not be standing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1132	MRK	13	14	ck7a	figs-explicit	ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω	1	let the reader understand	This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to get the readers’ attention, so that they would listen to this warning. Alternate translation: “may everyone who is reading this pay attention to this warning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1133	MRK	13	15	m1hq		ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος	1	on the housetop	Housetops where Jesus lived were flat, and people could stand on them.
1134	MRK	13	16	y1e9	figs-ellipsis	μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1	let not go back	This refers to returning to his house. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “not return to his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1135	MRK	13	16	hv49		ἆραι τὸ ἱμάτιον αὐτοῦ	1	to get his cloak	“to get his cloak”
1136	MRK	13	17	bi8n	figs-euphemism	ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις	1	to those who are pregnant	This is a polite way to say that someone is pregnant. Alternate translation: “are pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1137	MRK	13	18	w47v		προσεύχεσθε…ἵνα	1	Pray that	“Pray that these times” or “Pray that these things”
1138	MRK	13	18	w91r		χειμῶνος	1	in winter	“the cold season” or “the cold, rainy season.” This refers to the time of year when it is cold and unpleasant and difficult to travel.
1139	MRK	13	19	e98e		οἵα οὐ γέγονεν τοιαύτη	1	such as has not been	“greater than there has ever been.” This describes how great and terrible the tribulation will be. There has never been a tribulation as terrible as this one will be.
1140	MRK	13	19	c5sz		οὐ μὴ γένηται	1	that will never be again	“and greater than there will ever be again” or “and after that tribulation, there will never again be a tribulation like it”
1141	MRK	13	20	y7g6	figs-explicit	ἐκολόβωσεν…τὰς ἡμέρας	1	had shortened the days	“had shortened the time.” It may be helpful to specify which “days” are referred to. Alternate translation: “had reduced the days of suffering” or “had shortened the time of suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1142	MRK	13	20	kda6	figs-synecdoche	οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ	1	no flesh would be saved	The word “flesh” refers to people, and “saved” refers to physical salvation. Alternate translation: “no one would be saved” or “everyone would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1143	MRK	13	20	q8hm		διὰ τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς	1	for the sake of the elect	“in order to help the elect”
1144	MRK	13	20	er43	figs-doublet	τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς, οὓς ἐξελέξατο	1	the elect whom he chose	The phrase “those whom he chose” means the same thing as “the elect.” Together, they emphasize that God chose these people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1145	MRK	13	21	d9gr	translate-versebridge		0	General Information:	In verse 21 Jesus gives a command, and in 22 he tells the reason for the command. This can be reordered with the reason first, and the command second, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
1146	MRK	13	22	n81i		ψευδόχριστοι	1	false Christs	“people who claim they are Christ”
1147	MRK	13	22	yw81		πρὸς τὸ ἀποπλανᾶν	1	so as to deceive	“in order to deceive” or “hoping to deceive” or “trying to deceive”
1148	MRK	13	22	j198	figs-ellipsis	πρὸς τὸ ἀποπλανᾶν εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς	1	so as to deceive, if possible, even the elect	The phrase “even the elect” implies that the false Christs and false prophets will expect to deceive some people, but they will not know if they will be able to deceive the elect. Alternate translation: “in order to deceive people, and even deceive the elect, if that is possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1149	MRK	13	22	eq7b		τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς	1	the elect	“the people whom God has chosen”
1150	MRK	13	23	jq8p		ὑμεῖς δὲ βλέπετε	1	You must watch out	“Be watchful” or “Be alert”
1151	MRK	13	23	va6h	figs-explicit	προείρηκα ὑμῖν πάντα	1	I have told you ev	Jesus told them these things to warn them. Alternate translation: “I have told you all these things ahead of time to warn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1152	MRK	13	24	zy2f	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται	1	the sun will be darkened	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the sun will become dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1153	MRK	13	24	a3qv	figs-personification	ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φέγγος αὐτῆς	1	the moon will not give its light	Here the moon is spoken of as if it were alive and able to give something to someone else. Alternate translation: “the moon will not shine” or “the moon will be dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1154	MRK	13	25	z1sh	figs-explicit	οἱ ἀστέρες ἔσονται ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πίπτοντες	1	the stars will be falling from the sky	This does not mean that they will fall to earth but that they will fall from where the are now. Alternate translation: “the stars will fall from their places in the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1155	MRK	13	25	au6l	figs-activepassive	αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς σαλευθήσονται	1	the powers that are in the heavens will be shaken	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the powers in the heavens will shake” or “God will shake the powers that are in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1156	MRK	13	25	hge7		αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	the powers that are in the heavens	“the powerful things in the heavens.” Possible meanings are (1) this refers to the sun, moon, and stars or (2) this refers to powerful spiritual beings
1157	MRK	13	25	h5k1		ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	in the heavens	“in the sky”
1158	MRK	13	26	kl95		τότε ὄψονται	1	Then they will see	“Then people will see”
1159	MRK	13	26	h4z1		μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς καὶ δόξης	1	with great power and glory	“powerfully and gloriously”
1160	MRK	13	27	a1z2	figs-metonymy	ἐπισυνάξει	1	he will gather together	The word “he” refers to God and is a metonym for his angels, as they are the ones who will gather the elect. Alternate translation: “they will gather” or “his angels will gather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1161	MRK	13	27	vpb6	figs-metaphor	τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων	1	the four winds	The whole earth is spoken of as “the four winds,” which refer to the four directions: north, south, east, and west. Alternate translation: “the north, south, east, and west” or “all parts of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1162	MRK	13	27	u1vp	figs-merism	ἀπ’ ἄκρου γῆς ἕως ἄκρου οὐρανοῦ	1	from the ends of the earth to the ends of the sky	These two extremes are given to emphasize that the elect will be gathered from the entire earth. Alternate translation: “from every place on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1163	MRK	13	28	c99s	figs-parables		0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus gives two short parables here to remind people to be aware when the things that he has been explaining happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
1164	MRK	13	28	c8r7		ὁ κλάδος αὐτῆς ἁπαλὸς γένηται, καὶ ἐκφύῃ τὰ φύλλα	1	its branch becomes tender and puts out its leaves	The phrase “the branch” refers to the branches of the fig tree. Alternate translation: “its branches become tender and put out their leaves”
1165	MRK	13	28	u8ha		ἁπαλὸς	1	tender	“green and soft”
1166	MRK	13	28	q6yc	figs-personification	ἐκφύῃ τὰ φύλλα	1	puts out its leaves	Here the fig tree is spoken of as if it were alive and able to willingly cause its leaves to grow. Alternate translation: “its leaves begin to sprout” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1167	MRK	13	28	z417		τὸ θέρος	1	summer	the warm part of the year or the growing season
1168	MRK	13	29	q53b	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1	these things	This refers to the days of tribulation. Alternate translation: “these things I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1169	MRK	13	29	aul8		ἐγγύς ἐστιν	1	he is near	“the Son of Man is near”
1170	MRK	13	29	z2pf	figs-idiom	ἐπὶ θύραις	1	right at the doors	This idiom means that he is very near and has almost arrived, referring to a traveler being close to arriving at the city gates. Alternate translation: “and is almost here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1171	MRK	13	30	tg35		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This indicates that the statement that follows is especially important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
1172	MRK	13	30	h72r	figs-euphemism	οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ	1	will not pass away	This is a polite way to talk about someone dying. Alternate translation: “will not die” or “will not end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1173	MRK	13	30	t66q		μέχρις οὗ ταῦτα πάντα	1	until all of these things	The phrase “these things” refers to the days of tribulation.
1174	MRK	13	31	k4zb	figs-merism	ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ	1	Heaven and earth	The two extremes are given to refer to all of the sky, including the sun, moon, stars, and planets, and all of the earth. Alternate translation: “The sky, the earth, and everything in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1175	MRK	13	31	bjr8		παρελεύσονται	1	will pass away	“will cease to exist.” Here this phrase refers to the world ending.
1176	MRK	13	31	ah6w	figs-metaphor	οἱ…λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται	1	my words will never pass away	Jesus speaks of words not losing their power as if they were something that will never physically die. Alternate translation: “my words will never lose their power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1177	MRK	13	32	km5z	figs-explicit	τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ἢ τῆς ὥρας	1	that day or that hour	This refers to the time that the Son of Man will return. Alternate translation: “that day or that hour that the Son of Man will return” or “the day or the hour that I will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1178	MRK	13	32	btq5	figs-ellipsis	οὐδεὶς οἶδεν; οὐδὲ οἱ ἄγγελοι ἐν οὐρανῷ, οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ	1	no one knows, not even the angels in heaven, nor the Son, but the Father	These words specify some of those who do not know when the Son of Man will return, different from the Father, who does know. Alternate translation: “no one knows—neither the angels in heaven nor the Son know—but the Father” or “neither the angels in heaven nor the Son know; no one knows but the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1179	MRK	13	32	z3q9		οἱ ἄγγελοι ἐν οὐρανῷ	1	the angels in heaven	Here “heaven” refers to the place where God lives.
1180	MRK	13	32	gwh2	figs-ellipsis	εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ	1	but only the Father	It is best to translate “Father” with the same word that your language naturally uses to refer to a human father. Also, this is an ellipsis, stating that the Father knows when the Son will return. Alternate translation: “but only the Father knows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1181	MRK	13	33	i43k	figs-explicit	πότε ὁ καιρός ἐστιν	1	what time it is	It can be stated clearly what “time” refers to here. Alternate translation: “when all these events will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1182	MRK	13	34	a8ku		ἑκάστῳ τὸ ἔργον αὐτοῦ	1	each one over his work	“telling each one what work he should do”
1183	MRK	13	35	z7wi		ἢ ὀψὲ	1	whether in the evening	“he could return in the evening”
1184	MRK	13	35	s8j9		ἀλεκτοροφωνίας	1	when the rooster crows	The rooster is a bird that “crows” very early in the morning by making a loud call.
1185	MRK	13	36	mh8t	figs-metaphor	εὕρῃ ὑμᾶς καθεύδοντας	1	he might find you sleeping	Here Jesus speaks of not being ready as “sleeping.” Alternate translation: “find you not ready for his return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1186	MRK	14	intro	uk36			0		# Mark 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:27, 62, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The eating of the body and blood<br><br>[Mark 14:22-25](./22.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. At this time, Jesus told them that what they were eating and drinking were his body and his blood. Nearly all Christian churches celebrate “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion” to remember this meal.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Abba, Father<br><br>“Abba” is an Aramaic word that the Jews used to speak to their fathers. Mark writes it as it sounds and then translates it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Mark 14:20](../../mrk/14/20.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1187	MRK	14	1	hwb4			0	Connecting Statement:	Just two days before the Passover, the chief priests and scribes are secretly plotting to kill Jesus.
1188	MRK	14	1	gd33		ἐν δόλῳ	1	by stealth	without people noticing
1189	MRK	14	2	em4q		ἔλεγον γάρ	1	For they were saying	The word “they” refers to the chief priests and the scribes.
1190	MRK	14	2	fk19	figs-ellipsis	μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	Not during the feast	This refers to them not arresting Jesus during the feast. Alternate translation: “We must not do it during the feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1191	MRK	14	3	m95w			0	Connecting Statement:	Though some were angry that the oil was used to anoint Jesus, Jesus says that the woman has anointed his body for burial before he will die.
1192	MRK	14	3	bf84	translate-names	Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ	1	Simon the leper	This man previously had leprosy but was no longer ill. This is a different man than Simon Peter and Simon the Zealot. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1193	MRK	14	3	sh4s		κατακειμένου αὐτοῦ	1	he was reclining at the table	In Jesus’ culture, when people gathered to eat, they reclined on their sides, propping themselves up on pillows beside a low table.
1194	MRK	14	3	hk2p	translate-unknown	ἀλάβαστρον	1	an alabaster jar	This is a jar made from alabaster. Alabaster was a very expensive yellow-white stone. Alternate translation: “beautiful white stone jar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1195	MRK	14	3	fqa9	translate-unknown	ἀλάβαστρον μύρου, νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτελοῦς	1	of very costly anointing-oil, which was pure nard	“that contained expensive, fragrant perfume called nard.” Nard was a very expensive, sweet-smelling oil used to make perfume. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1196	MRK	14	3	tk9r		αὐτοῦ τῆς κεφαλῆς	1	on his head	“on Jesus’ head”
1197	MRK	14	4	v57p	figs-rquestion	εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη τοῦ μύρου γέγονεν?	1	Why has this waste of the anointing-oil happened?	They asked this question to show that they disapproved of the woman pouring the perfume on Jesus. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is terrible that she wasted that perfume!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1198	MRK	14	5	y113	figs-activepassive	ἠδύνατο…τοῦτο τὸ μύρον πραθῆναι	1	This perfume could have been sold	Mark wants to show his readers that those present were more concerned about money. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “We could have sold this perfume” or “She could have sold this perfume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1199	MRK	14	5	t4p8	translate-bmoney	δηναρίων τριακοσίων	1	three hundred denarii	“300 denarii.” Denarii are Roman silver coins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1200	MRK	14	5	h62k	figs-ellipsis	δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς	1	given to the poor	The phrase “the poor” refers to poor people. This refers to giving the money from the sale of the perfume to the poor. Alternate translation: “the money given to poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1201	MRK	14	6	r9wt	figs-rquestion	τί αὐτῇ κόπους παρέχετε?	1	Why are you troubling her?	Jesus rebukes the guests for questioning this woman’s action. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not trouble her!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1202	MRK	14	7	tc3j	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πτωχοὺς	1	the poor	This refers to poor people. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1203	MRK	14	9	vr3w		ἀμὴν…λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
1204	MRK	14	9	ysc5	figs-activepassive	ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον	1	wherever the gospel is preached	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “wherever my followers preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1205	MRK	14	9	ljh1		ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη, λαληθήσεται	1	what this woman has done will be spoken of	“what this woman has done will also be spoken of”
1206	MRK	14	10	pdm5			0	Connecting Statement:	After the woman anoints Jesus with perfume, Judas promises to deliver Jesus to the chief priests.
1207	MRK	14	10	z71f	figs-explicit	ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδοῖ αὐτοῖς	1	so that he might deliver him over to them	Judas did not deliver Jesus over to them yet, rather he went to make arrangements with them. Alternate translation: “in order to arrange with them that he would deliver Jesus over to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1208	MRK	14	10	dq6r		αὐτὸν παραδοῖ	1	deliver him over	“bring Jesus to them so they could capture him”
1209	MRK	14	11	kzk1	figs-explicit	οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες	1	When the chief priests heard it	It may be helpful to state clearly what the chief priests heard. Alternate translation: “When the chief priests heard what he was willing to do for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1210	MRK	14	12	bn76			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus sends two of the disciples to prepare the Passover meal.
1211	MRK	14	12	wpe7	figs-explicit	ὅτε τὸ Πάσχα ἔθυον	1	when they sacrificed the Passover lamb	At the beginning of the Festival of Unleavened Bread, it was customary to sacrifice a lamb. Alternate translation: “when it was customary to sacrifice the Passover lamb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1212	MRK	14	12	bel5	figs-metonymy	φάγῃς τὸ Πάσχα	1	eat the Passover	Here the “Passover” refers to the Passover meal. Alternate translation: “eat the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1213	MRK	14	13	a7xg		κεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων	1	bearing a pitcher of water	“carrying a large jar full of water”
1214	MRK	14	14	i344	figs-quotations	ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμά μου…μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω?	1	The Teacher says, “Where is my guest room…with my disciples?”	This can be written as an indirect quote. Translate this so that it is a polite request. Alternate translation: “Our Teacher would like to know where the guest room is where he may eat the Passover with his disciples.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1215	MRK	14	14	q3pn		τὸ κατάλυμά	1	guest room	a room for visitors
1216	MRK	14	15	x3zk	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖ ἑτοιμάσατε ἡμῖν	1	Make the preparations for us there	They were to prepare the meal for Jesus and his disciples to eat. Alternate translation: “Prepare the meal for us there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1217	MRK	14	16	sb35		ἐξῆλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ	1	The disciples left	“The two disciples left”
1218	MRK	14	16	m339		καθὼς εἶπεν	1	just as he had said	“as Jesus had said”
1219	MRK	14	17	n7z4			0	Connecting Statement:	That evening as Jesus and the disciples eat the Passover meal, Jesus tells them that one of them will betray him.
1220	MRK	14	17	i1q1	figs-explicit	ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα	1	he came with the twelve	It may be helpful to state where they came to. Alternate translation: “he came with the twelve to the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1221	MRK	14	18	cwl8		ἀνακειμένων	1	reclining at the table	In Jesus’ culture, when people gathered to eat, they lay down on their sides, propping themselves up on pillows beside a low table.
1222	MRK	14	18	dg95		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
1223	MRK	14	19	v3a1		εἷς κατὰ εἷς	1	one by one	This means that “one at a time” each disciple asked him.
1224	MRK	14	19	f13p	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγώ?	1	Surely not I?	Possible meanings are (1) this was a question for which the disciples expected the answer to be no or (2) this was a rhetorical question that did not require a response. Alternate translation: “Surely I am not the one who will betray you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1225	MRK	14	20	b25j		εἷς τῶν δώδεκα	1	It is one of the twelve, the one now	“He is one of the twelve of you, the one now”
1226	MRK	14	20	htn4		ἐμβαπτόμενος μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὸ τρύβλιον	1	dipping bread with me in the bowl	In Jesus’ culture, people would often eat bread, dipping it in a shared bowl of sauce or of oil mixed with herbs.
1227	MRK	14	21	q5l3		ὅτι ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	For the Son of Man will go the way that the scripture says about him	Here Jesus refers to the scriptures prophesying about his death. If you have a polite way to talk about death in your language, use it here. Alternate translation: “For the Son of Man will die in the way that the scriptures say”
1228	MRK	14	21	ct78	figs-explicit	δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται	1	through whom the Son of Man is betrayed	This can be stated more directly. Alternate translation: “who betrays the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1229	MRK	14	22	y8j7		ἄρτον	1	bread	This was a flat loaf of unleavened bread, which was eaten as part of the Passover meal.
1230	MRK	14	22	ula2	figs-explicit	ἔκλασεν	1	broke it	This means that he broke the bread into pieces for the people to eat. Alternate translation: “broke it into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1231	MRK	14	22	adb2	writing-symlanguage	λάβετε, τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου	1	Take this. This is my body	“Take this bread. It is my body.” Though most understand this to mean that the bread is a symbol of Jesus’ body and that it is not actual flesh, it is best to translate this statement literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
1232	MRK	14	23	u6rc	figs-synecdoche	λαβὼν ποτήριον	1	He took a cup	Here “cup” is a metonym for wine. Alternate translation: “He took the cup of wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1233	MRK	14	24	q5hn	figs-explicit	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν	1	This is my blood of the covenant, the blood that is poured out for many	The covenant is for the forgiveness of sins. This can be written more explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is my blood that confirms the covenant, the blood that is poured out so that many may receive the forgiveness of sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1234	MRK	14	24	hs24	writing-symlanguage	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου	1	This is my blood	“This wine is my blood.” Though most understand this to mean that the wine is a symbol of Jesus’ blood and that it is not actual blood, it is best to translate this statement literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
1235	MRK	14	25	i9yk		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
1236	MRK	14	25	t7ai		τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου	1	the fruit of the vine	“wine.” This is a descriptive way to refer to wine.
1237	MRK	14	25	y1pf		καινὸν	1	new	Possible meanings are (1) “again” or (2) “in a new way”
1238	MRK	14	26	l996		ὑμνήσαντες	1	When they had sung a hymn	A hymn is a type of song. It was traditional for them to sing an Old Testament psalm.
1239	MRK	14	27	pu4s		λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus said to them	“Jesus said to his disciples”
1240	MRK	14	27	lty4	figs-idiom	σκανδαλισθήσεσθε	1	will fall away	This is an idiom that means leave. Alternate translation: “will leave me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1241	MRK	14	27	lze6		πατάξω	1	I will strike	“kill.” Here “I” refers to God.
1242	MRK	14	27	w2az	figs-activepassive	τὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται	1	the sheep will be scattered	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will scatter the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1243	MRK	14	28	lv2u			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus clearly tells Peter he will deny him. Peter and all of the disciples are certain they will not deny Jesus.
1244	MRK	14	28	dm1q	figs-idiom	ἐγερθῆναί με	1	I am raised up	This idiom means that God will cause Jesus to become alive again after he has died. This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “God raises me from the dead” or “God makes me alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1245	MRK	14	28	nwg8		προάξω ὑμᾶς	1	I will go ahead of you	“I will go before you”
1246	MRK	14	29	div5	figs-ellipsis	εἰ καὶ πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐγώ	1	Even if all fall away, yet I will not	“I will not” can be fully expressed as “I will not fall away.” The phrase “not fall away” is a double negative and carries a positive meaning. This can be expressed in the positive if needed. Alternate translation: “Even if everyone else leaves you, I will stay with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1247	MRK	14	30	z2q9		ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	Truly I say to you	This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
1248	MRK	14	30	i4g3		ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι	1	the rooster crows	The rooster is a bird that calls out very early in the morning. The loud sound he makes is “crowing.”
1249	MRK	14	30	e8sh		ἢ δὶς	1	twice	two times
1250	MRK	14	30	um1m		σὺ…με ἀπαρνήσῃ	1	you will deny me	“you will say that you do not know me”
1251	MRK	14	31	y9el		ἐὰν δέῃ με συναποθανεῖν	1	If I must die	“Even if I must die”
1252	MRK	14	31	z9le		ὡσαύτως…καὶ πάντες ἔλεγον	1	they all also spoke in the same manner	This means that all of the disciples said the same thing that Peter said.
1253	MRK	14	32	ni66			0	Connecting Statement:	When they go to Gethsemane on the Mount of Olives, Jesus encourages three of his disciples to stay awake while he prays. Twice he awakens them, and the third time he tells them to wake up because it is time for the betrayal.
1254	MRK	14	32	deg7		ἔρχονται εἰς χωρίον	1	They came to the place	The word “they” refers to Jesus and his disciples.
1255	MRK	14	33	ps7u		ἐκθαμβεῖσθαι	1	distressed	overwhelmed with sorrow
1256	MRK	14	33	n279	figs-metaphor	ἀδημονεῖν	1	deeply troubled	The word “deeply” refers to Jesus being greatly troubled in his soul. Alternate translation: “extremely troubled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1257	MRK	14	34	eyw3	figs-synecdoche	ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου	1	My soul is	Jesus speaks of himself as his “soul.” Alternate translation: “I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1258	MRK	14	34	ic1g	figs-hyperbole	ἕως θανάτου	1	even to the point of death	Jesus is exaggerating because he feels so much distress and sorrow that he feels like he is about to die, though he knows he will not die until after the sun rises. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1259	MRK	14	34	a54k		γρηγορεῖτε	1	stay alert	The disciples were to stay alert while Jesus prayed. This does not mean that they were supposed to watch Jesus pray.
1260	MRK	14	35	nk8l	figs-explicit	εἰ δυνατόν ἐστιν	1	if it were possible	This means that if God would allow it to happen. Alternate translation: “if God would allow it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1261	MRK	14	35	wc6d	figs-explicit	παρέλθῃ…ἡ ὥρα	1	the hour might pass	Here “this hour” refers to Jesus’ time of suffering, both now in the garden and later. Alternate translation: “that he would not have to go through this time of suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1262	MRK	14	36	c11w	translate-transliterate	Ἀββά	1	Abba	a term used by Jewish children to address their father. Since it is followed by “Father,” it is best to transliterate this word. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
1263	MRK	14	36	t9r2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1264	MRK	14	36	jk6a	figs-metonymy	παρένεγκε τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	Remove this cup from me	Jesus speaks of the suffering that he must endure as if it were a cup. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1265	MRK	14	36	ha77	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ οὐ τί ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλὰ τί σύ	1	But not what I will, but what you will	Jesus is asking God to do what he wants to be done and not what Jesus wants. Alternate translation: “But do not do what I want, do what you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1266	MRK	14	37	ja6d		εὑρίσκει αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας	1	found them sleeping	The word “them” refers to Peter, James, and John.
1267	MRK	14	37	kp33	figs-rquestion	Σίμων, καθεύδεις? οὐκ ἴσχυσας μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι?	1	Simon, are you asleep? Could you not watch for one hour?	Jesus rebukes Simon Peter for sleeping. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Simon, you are asleep when I told you to stay awake. You could not even stay awake for one hour.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1268	MRK	14	38	zrp4	figs-metaphor	ἵνα μὴ ἔλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν	1	so that you do not enter into temptation	Jesus speaks of being tempted as if it were entering into a physical place. Alternate translation: “that you are not tempted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1269	MRK	14	38	xk5y		τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής	1	The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak	Jesus warns Simon Peter that he is not strong enough to do what he wants to do in his own strength. Alternate translation: “You are willing in your spirit, but you are too weak to do what you want to do” or “You want to do what I say, but you are weak”
1270	MRK	14	38	c1je	figs-metonymy	τὸ…πνεῦμα…ἡ…σὰρξ	1	The spirit…the flesh	These refer to two different aspects of Peter. “The spirit” is his inmost desires. “The flesh” is his human ability and strength. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1271	MRK	14	39	l9nj		τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον εἰπών	1	saying the same thing	“prayed again what he prayed before”
1272	MRK	14	40	v49m		εὗρεν αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας	1	found them sleeping	The word “them” refers to Peter, James, and John.
1273	MRK	14	40	ht2p	figs-metaphor	ἦσαν γὰρ αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καταβαρυνόμενοι	1	for their eyes were heavy	Here the author speaks of a sleepy person having a hard time keeping his eyes open as having “heavy eyes.” Alternate translation: “for they were so sleepy they were having a hard time keeping their eyes open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1274	MRK	14	41	x7qd	figs-explicit	ἔρχεται τὸ τρίτον	1	He came the third time	Jesus had gone and prayed again. Then he returned to them a third time. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Then he went and prayed again. He returned the third time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1275	MRK	14	41	lw7w	figs-rquestion	καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε.	1	Are you still sleeping and taking your rest?	Jesus rebukes his disciples for not staying awake and praying. You can translate this rhetorical question as a statement if needed. Alternate translation: “You are still sleeping and resting!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1276	MRK	14	41	ae53		ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα	1	The hour has come	The time of Jesus’ suffering and betrayal is about to begin.
1277	MRK	14	41	msb2		ἰδοὺ	1	Look!	“Listen!”
1278	MRK	14	41	eg9m	figs-activepassive	παραδίδοται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The Son of Man is being betrayed	Jesus warns his disciples that his betrayer is approaching them. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, am being betrayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1279	MRK	14	43	r9cp	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verse 44 gives background information about how Judas had arranged with the Jewish leaders to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1280	MRK	14	43	nz4t			0	Connecting Statement:	Judas betrays Jesus with a kiss, and the disciples all flee.
1281	MRK	14	44	bzj2		δὲ ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν	1	Now the one betraying him	This refers to Judas.
1282	MRK	14	44	lsh3	figs-explicit	αὐτός ἐστιν	1	he is the one	Here “the one” refers to the man that Judas was going to identify. Alternate translation: “he is the one you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1283	MRK	14	45	tpd4		κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν	1	he kissed him	“Judas kissed him”
1284	MRK	14	46	y5qv	figs-parallelism	ἐπέβαλαν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν	1	laid hands on him and seized him	These two phrases have the same meaning to emphasize that they seized Jesus. Alternate translation: “grabbed Jesus and seized him” or “seized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1285	MRK	14	47	m6b9		τῶν παρεστηκότων	1	those who stood by	“who was standing nearby”
1286	MRK	14	48	gv6e		ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς	1	Jesus answered and said to them	“Jesus said to the crowd”
1287	MRK	14	48	eq25	figs-rquestion	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με?	1	Do you come out, as against a robber, with swords and clubs to capture me?	Jesus is rebuking the crowd. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is ridiculous that you come here to seize me with swords and clubs, as if I were a robber!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1288	MRK	14	49	s63a		ἀλλ’ ἵνα	1	But this happened so that	“But this has happened so that”
1289	MRK	14	50	gqz8		ἀφέντες αὐτὸν…πάντες	1	they all left him	This refers to the disciples.
1290	MRK	14	51	y5yt		σινδόνα	1	a linen garment	cloth made from the fibers of a flax plant
1291	MRK	14	51	nag4		κρατοῦσιν αὐτόν	1	they seized him	“When the men seized that man”
1292	MRK	14	52	eud7		ὁ δὲ καταλιπὼν τὴν σινδόνα	1	but he left the linen garment	As the man was trying to run away, the others would have grabbed at his clothing, trying to stop him.
1293	MRK	14	53	qu33			0	Connecting Statement:	After the crowd of the chief priests, scribes, and elders lead Jesus to the high priest, Peter watches nearby while some stand to give false testimony against Jesus.
1294	MRK	14	53	s7t1		συνέρχονται πάντες οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς, καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι, καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς	1	all the chief priests, the elders, and the scribes gathered together	This can be reordered so that it is easier to understand. “All of the chief priests, the elders, and the scribes had gathered there together”
1295	MRK	14	54	bzg7		καὶ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a shift in the story line as the author begins telling us about Peter.
1296	MRK	14	54	l5gl	figs-explicit	ἕως ἔσω εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως	1	as far as the courtyard of the high priest	As Peter followed Jesus, he stopped at the high priest’s courtyard. This can be written clearly. Alternate translation: “and he went as far as the courtyard of the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1297	MRK	14	54	x2g5	figs-explicit	ἦν συνκαθήμενος μετὰ τῶν ὑπηρετῶν	1	He was sitting among the guards	Peter sat with the guards who were working at the courtyard. Alternate translation: “He sat in the courtyard among the guards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1298	MRK	14	55	w23n		δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a shift in the story line as the author continues telling us about Jesus being put on trial.
1299	MRK	14	55	fu1l	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ θανατῶσαι αὐτόν	1	to put him to death	They were not the ones who would execute Jesus; rather, they would order someone else to do it. Alternate translation: “they might have Jesus executed” or “they might have someone execute Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1300	MRK	14	55	d9gn	figs-explicit	οὐχ ηὕρισκον	1	But they did not find any	They did not find testimony against Jesus with which they could convict him and have him put to death. Alternate translation: “But they did not find any testimony with which to convict him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1301	MRK	14	56	cew3	figs-metaphor	ἐψευδομαρτύρουν κατ’ αὐτοῦ	1	brought false testimony against him	Here speaking false testimony is described as if it were a physical object that someone can carry. Alternate translation: “accused him by speaking false testimony against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1302	MRK	14	56	jpc7		ἴσαι αἱ μαρτυρίαι οὐκ ἦσαν	1	their testimony did not agree	This can be written in positive form. “but their testimony contradicted each other”
1303	MRK	14	57	pr71	figs-metaphor	ἐψευδομαρτύρουν κατ’ αὐτοῦ	1	brought false testimony against him	Here speaking false testimony is described as if it were a physical object that someone can carry. Alternate translation: “accused him by speaking false testimony against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1304	MRK	14	58	f82e	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν αὐτοῦ λέγοντος	1	We heard him say	“We heard Jesus say.” The word “we” refers to the people who brought false testimony against Jesus and does not include the people to whom they are speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1305	MRK	14	58	e94y	figs-synecdoche	τὸν χειροποίητον	1	made with hands	Here “hands” refers to men. Alternate translation: “made by men…without man’s help” or “built by men…without man’s help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1306	MRK	14	58	k1vs		διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν	1	in three days	“within three days.” This means that the temple would be built within a three-day period.
1307	MRK	14	58	hm5e	figs-ellipsis	ἄλλον…οἰκοδομήσω	1	will build another	The word “temple” is understood from the previous phrase. It may be repeated. Alternate translation: “will build another temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1308	MRK	14	59	x6hk		οὐδὲ…ἴση ἦν	1	was not in agreement	“contradicted each other.” This can be written in positive form.
1309	MRK	14	60	d7i8			0	Connecting Statement:	When Jesus answers that he is the Christ, the high priest and all of the leaders there condemn him as one who deserves to die.
1310	MRK	14	60	q2u1	figs-explicit	ἀναστὰς…εἰς μέσον	1	stood up among them	Jesus stands up in the middle of the angry crowd to speak to them. Translate this to show who was present when Jesus stood up to speak. Alternate translation: “stood up among the chief priests, scribes, and elders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1311	MRK	14	60	af5e	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν? τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν?	1	Do you not answer? What is it they testify against you?	The chief priest is not asking Jesus for information about what the witnesses said. He is asking Jesus to prove what the witnesses said is wrong. Alternate translation: “Are you not going to reply? What do you say in response to the testimony these men are speaking against you?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1312	MRK	14	61	x6ey	figs-nominaladj	ὁ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Εὐλογητοῦ	1	the Son of the Blessed One	Here God is called “the Blessed.” It is best to translate “Son” with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a “son” of a human father. Alternate translation: “the Son of the Blessed One” or “the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1313	MRK	14	62	z5rv		ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I am	This likely has a double meaning: (1) to respond to the high priest’s question and (2) to call himself “I Am,” which is what God called himself in the Old Testament.
1314	MRK	14	62	e1xd	figs-metonymy	ἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον τῆς δυνάμεως	1	he sits at the right hand of power	Here “power” is a metonnymm that represents God. To sit at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “he sits in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1315	MRK	14	62	z55c	figs-metaphor	ἐρχόμενον μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	comes with the clouds of heaven	Here the clouds are described as accompanying Jesus when he returns. Alternate translation: “when he comes down through the clouds in the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1316	MRK	14	63	jz48		διαρρήξας τοὺς χιτῶνας αὐτοῦ	1	tore his garments	The high priest tore his clothes purposefully to show his outrage and horror at what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “tore his garments in outrage”
1317	MRK	14	63	afd3	figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων?	1	What need do we still have for witnesses?	This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “We certainly do not need any more people who will testify against this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1318	MRK	14	64	zwf9	figs-explicit	ἠκούσατε τῆς βλασφημίας	1	You have heard the blasphemy	This refers to what Jesus said, which the high priest called blasphemy. Alternate translation: “You have heard the blasphemy he has spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1319	MRK	14	64	fu4g		οἱ…πάντες	1	They all	all the people in the room
1320	MRK	14	65	y1s4		ἤρξαντό τινες ἐμπτύειν	1	some began	some of the people in the room
1321	MRK	14	65	bj5e	figs-explicit	περικαλύπτειν αὐτοῦ τὸ πρόσωπον	1	to cover his face	They covered his face with a cloth or blindfold, so he could not see. Alternate translation: “to cover his face with a blindfold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1322	MRK	14	65	gvq3	figs-explicit	προφήτευσον	1	Prophesy	They mocked him, asking him to prophesy who was hitting him. Alternate translation: “Prophesy who hit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1323	MRK	14	65	y68i		οἱ ὑπηρέται	1	the officers	men who guarded the governor’s house
1324	MRK	14	66	fj8d			0	Connecting Statement:	As Jesus had predicted, Peter denies Jesus three times before the rooster crows.
1325	MRK	14	66	m8g8		κάτω ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ	1	below in the courtyard	“outside in the courtyard”
1326	MRK	14	66	t2mx	figs-explicit	μία τῶν παιδισκῶν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως	1	one of the servant girls of the high priest	The servant girls worked for the high priest. Alternate translation: “one of the servant girls who worked for the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1327	MRK	14	68	l5i1		ἠρνήσατο	1	denied it	This means to claim that something is not true. In this case, Peter was saying that what the servant girl said about him was not true.
1328	MRK	14	68	d3ch	figs-doublet	οὔτε οἶδα, οὔτε ἐπίσταμαι σὺ τί λέγεις	1	I neither know nor understand what you are saying	Both “know” and “understand” have the same meaning here. The meaning is repeated to add emphasis to what Peter is saying. Alternate translation: “I really do not understand what you are talking about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1329	MRK	14	69	l137		ἡ παιδίσκη	1	the servant girl	This is the same servant girl who identified Peter previously.
1330	MRK	14	69	v5kr	figs-explicit	ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	one of them	The people were identifying Peter as one of Jesus’ disciples. This can be made more clear. Alternate translation: “one of Jesus’ disciples” or “one of those who have been with that man they arrested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1331	MRK	14	71	ce6r	figs-idiom	ἀναθεματίζειν	1	to curse	If in your language you have to name the person who curses someone, state God. Alternate translation: “to say for God to curse him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1332	MRK	14	72	i7u2		εὐθὺς…ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν	1	rooster immediately crowed	The rooster is a bird that calls out very early in the morning. The loud sound he makes is “crowing.”
1333	MRK	14	72	ja3e	translate-ordinal	ἐκ δευτέρου	1	a second time	“Second” here is an ordinal number. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1334	MRK	14	72	zr4p	figs-idiom	ἐπιβαλὼν	1	he broke down	This idiom means that he was overwhelmed with grief and lost control of his emotions. Alternate translation: “he was overwhelmed with grief” or “he lost control of his emotions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1335	MRK	15	intro	d823			0		# Mark 15 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The curtain of the temple was split in two”<br><br>The curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>Both by pretending to worship Jesus ([Mark 15:19](../../mrk/15/19.md)) and by pretending to speak to a king ([Mark 15:18](../../mrk/15/18.md)), the soldiers and the Jews showed that they hated Jesus and did not believe that he was the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/mock]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani?<br>This is a phrase in Aramaic. Mark transliterates its sounds by writing them using Greek letters. He then explains its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
1336	MRK	15	1	mps2			0	Connecting Statement:	When the chief priests, the elders, the scribes, and the council gave Jesus over to Pilate, they accused Jesus of doing many bad things. When Pilate asked if what they said was true, Jesus did not answer him.
1337	MRK	15	1	xz7c	figs-metonymy	δήσαντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἀπήνεγκαν	1	bound Jesus and led him away	They commanded for Jesus to be bound, but it would have been the guards who actually bound him and led him away. Alternate translation: “they commanded for Jesus to be bound and then he was led away” or “they commanded the guards to bind Jesus and then they led him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1338	MRK	15	1	v2yf		παρέδωκαν Πειλάτῳ	1	They handed him over to Pilate	They had Jesus led to Pilate and transferred control of Jesus over to him.
1339	MRK	15	2	dh6n	figs-explicit	σὺ λέγεις	1	You say so	Possible meanings are (1) by saying this, Jesus was saying that Pilate, not Jesus, was the one calling him the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “You yourself have said so” or (2) by saying this, Jesus implied that he is the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yes, as you said, I am” or “Yes. It is as you said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1340	MRK	15	3	ue18		κατηγόρουν αὐτοῦ…πολλά	1	were accusing him of many things	“were accusing Jesus of many things” or “were saying that Jesus had done many bad things”
1341	MRK	15	4	c9uc		ὁ δὲ Πειλᾶτος πάλιν ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν	1	So Pilate again asked him	“Pilate asked Jesus again”
1342	MRK	15	4	s2as		οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν?	1	Do you not answer at all?	This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Do you have an answer”
1343	MRK	15	4	pm6k		ἴδε	1	See	“Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
1344	MRK	15	5	way9		ὥστε θαυμάζειν τὸν Πειλᾶτον	1	so that Pilate was amazed	It surprised Pilate that Jesus did not reply and defend himself.
1345	MRK	15	6	ul5e			0	Connecting Statement:	Pilate, hoping the crowd will choose Jesus, offers to release a prisoner, but the crowd asks for Barabbas instead.
1346	MRK	15	6	ul19	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line as the author shifts to telling background information about Pilate’s tradition of releasing a prisoner at feasts and about Barabbas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1347	MRK	15	7	fa7t		ἦν δὲ ὁ λεγόμενος Βαραββᾶς, μετὰ τῶν στασιαστῶν δεδεμένος	1	A man who was named Barabbas was in prison with the rebels	“At that time there was a man called Barabbas, who was in prison with some other men. They had committed murder when they rebelled against the Roman government”
1348	MRK	15	8	a4xb	figs-explicit	αἰτεῖσθαι καθὼς ἐποίει αὐτοῖς	1	to ask him to do what he usually did for them	This refers to Pilate releasing a prisoner at feasts. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “to release a prisoner to them as he had done in the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1349	MRK	15	10	i4ib	writing-background	ἐγίνωσκεν γὰρ ὅτι διὰ φθόνον παραδεδώκεισαν αὐτὸν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς	1	For he knew that the chief priests had handed Jesus over to him because of envy	This is background information about why Jesus was handed over to Pilate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1350	MRK	15	10	u647	figs-explicit	διὰ φθόνον…οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς	1	the chief priests…because of envy	They envied Jesus, probably because so many people were following him and becoming his disciples. Alternate translation: “the chief priests were envious of Jesus. This is why they” or “the chief priests were envious of Jesus’ popularity among the people. This is why they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1351	MRK	15	11	y5w3	figs-metaphor	ἀνέσεισαν τὸν ὄχλον	1	stirred up the crowd	The author speaks of the chief priests rousing or urging the crowd as if the crowd were a bowl of something that they were stirring. Alternate translation: “roused the crowd” or “urged the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1352	MRK	15	11	pvu6	figs-ellipsis	μᾶλλον…ἀπολύσῃ	1	he would release…instead	They requested Barabbas to be released instead of Jesus. Alternate translation: “released instead of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1353	MRK	15	12	keq2			0	Connecting Statement:	The crowd asks for Jesus’ death, so Pilate turns him over to the soldiers, who mock him, crown him with thorns, strike him, and lead him out to crucify him.
1354	MRK	15	12	vlm3	figs-explicit	τί οὖν ποιήσω λέγετε τὸν Βασιλέα τῶν Ἰουδαίων?	1	What then should I do with the King of the Jews?	Pilate asks what he should do with Jesus if he releases Barabbas to them. This can be written clearly. Alternate translation: “If I release Barabbas, what then should I do with the King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1355	MRK	15	14	e55i		ὁ δὲ Πειλᾶτος ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς	1	So Pilate said to them	“Pilate said to the crowd”
1356	MRK	15	15	qt8y		τῷ ὄχλῳ τὸ ἱκανὸν ποιῆσαι	1	to do what would satisfy the crowd	“make the crowd happy by doing what they wanted him to do”
1357	MRK	15	15	fwg6		τὸν Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας	1	He scourged Jesus	Pilate did not actually scourge Jesus but rather his soldiers did.
1358	MRK	15	15	yzn5		φραγελλώσας	1	scourged	“flogged.” To “scourge” is to beat with an especially painful whip.
1359	MRK	15	15	r9id	figs-activepassive	καὶ παρέδωκεν…ἵνα σταυρωθῇ	1	then handed him over to be crucified	Pilate told his soliders to take Jesus away to crucify him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “told his soldiers to take him away and crucify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1360	MRK	15	16	eg6x		τῆς αὐλῆς, ὅ ἐστιν πραιτώριον	1	the palace (that is, the Praetorium)	This was where the Roman soldiers in Jerusalem lived, and where the governor stayed when he was in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the courtyard of the soldiers’ barracks” or “the courtyard of the governor’s residence”
1361	MRK	15	16	b5gs		ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν	1	the whole cohort of soldiers	“the whole unit of soldiers”
1362	MRK	15	17	tn33		ἐνδιδύσκουσιν αὐτὸν πορφύραν	1	They put a purple robe on him	Purple was a color worn by royalty. The soldiers did not believe that Jesus was king. They clothed him this way to mock him because others said that he was the King of the Jews.
1363	MRK	15	17	xfk8		ἀκάνθινον στέφανον	1	a crown of thorns	“a crown made of thorny branches”
1364	MRK	15	18	ft1j	figs-irony	Χαῖρε, Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Hail, King of the Jews	The greeting “Hail” with a raised hand was only used to greet the Roman emperor. The soldiers did not believe that Jesus was the king of the Jews. Rather they said this to mock him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
1365	MRK	15	19	gz3b		καλάμῳ	1	a reed	“a stick” or “a staff”
1366	MRK	15	19	a8a9	figs-metaphor	τιθέντες τὰ γόνατα	1	They knelt down	A person who kneels bends his knees, so those who kneel are sometimes said to “bend their knees.” Alternate translation: “kneeled” or “knelt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1367	MRK	15	21	cj4l		ἀγγαρεύουσιν…ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ	1	they forced him to carry his cross	According to Roman law, a solider could force a man he came upon along the road to carry a load. In this case, they forced Simon to carry Jesus’ cross.
1368	MRK	15	21	s4j3		ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ	1	from the country	“from outside the city”
1369	MRK	15	21	cyn6	writing-background	καὶ ἀγγαρεύουσιν, παράγοντά…τὸν πατέρα Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Ῥούφου	1	A certain man,…Rufus), and	This is background information about the man whom the soldiers forced to carry Jesus’ cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1370	MRK	15	21	rtz2	translate-names	Σίμωνα…Ἀλεξάνδρου…Ῥούφου	1	Simon…Alexander…Rufus	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1371	MRK	15	21	py16	translate-names	Κυρηναῖον	1	Cyrene	This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1372	MRK	15	22	w6c7			0	Connecting Statement:	The soldiers bring Jesus to Golgotha, where they crucify him with two others. Many people mock him.
1373	MRK	15	22	e49p	translate-names	Κρανίου Τόπος	1	Place of a Skull	“Skull Place” or “Place of the Skull.” This the name of a place. It does not mean that there are lots of skulls there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1374	MRK	15	22	m1dd		Κρανίου	1	Skull	A skull is the head bones, or a head without any flesh on it.
1375	MRK	15	23	e9xd	figs-explicit	ἐσμυρνισμένον οἶνον	1	wine mixed with myrrh	It may be helpful to explain that myrrh is a pain-relieving medicine. Alternate translation: “wine mixed with a medicine called myrrh” or “wine mixed with a pain-relieving medicine called myrrh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1376	MRK	15	25	q1ze	translate-ordinal	ὥρα τρίτη	1	the third hour	“Third” here is a ordinal number. This refers to nine o’clock in the morning. Alternate translation: “nine o’clock in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1377	MRK	15	26	b84a		τῆς αἰτίας αὐτοῦ	1	the charge against him	“the crime they were accusing him of doing”
1378	MRK	15	27	mgf3	figs-explicit	ἕνα ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ ἕνα ἐξ εὐωνύμων αὐτοῦ	1	one on the right of him and one on his left	This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: “one on a cross on the right side of him and one on a cross on the left side of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1379	MRK	15	29	v8nu		κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν	1	shaking their heads	This is an action people do to show that they disapproved of Jesus.
1380	MRK	15	29	a7ft	figs-exclamations	οὐὰ	1	Aha!	This is a exclamation of mockery. Use the appropriate exclamation in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1381	MRK	15	29	hy37	figs-explicit	ὁ καταλύων τὸν ναὸν καὶ οἰκοδομῶν ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις	1	You who would destroy the temple and rebuild it in three days	The people refer to Jesus by what he earlier prophesied that he would do. Alternate translation: “You who said you would destroy the temple and rebuild it in three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1382	MRK	15	31	n13x		ὁμοίως	1	In the same way	This refers to the way that the people who were walking by Jesus were mocking him.
1383	MRK	15	31	d5se		ἐμπαίζοντες πρὸς ἀλλήλους	1	were mocking him with each other	“were saying mocking things about Jesus among themselves”
1384	MRK	15	32	t1vm	figs-irony	ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραὴλ καταβάτω	1	Let the Christ, the King of Israel, come down	The leaders did not believe that Jesus is the Christ, the King of Israel. Alternate translation: “He calls himself the Christ and the King of Israel. So let him come down” or “If he is really the Christ and the King of Israel, he should come down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
1385	MRK	15	32	r6c4	figs-explicit	πιστεύσωμεν	1	believe	The means to believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “believe in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1386	MRK	15	32	dcb9		ὠνείδιζον	1	taunted	mocked, insulted
1387	MRK	15	33	zc37			0	Connecting Statement:	At noon darkness covers the whole land until three o’clock, when Jesus cries out with a loud voice and dies. When Jesus dies, the temple curtain rips from the top to the bottom.
1388	MRK	15	33	q1gh		ὥρας ἕκτης	1	the sixth hour	This refers to noon or 12 p.m.
1389	MRK	15	33	jl1i	figs-metaphor	σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν	1	darkness came over the whole land	Here the author describes it becoming dark outside as if the darkness were a wave that moved over the land. Alternate translation: “the whole land became dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1390	MRK	15	34	r6tj		τῇ ἐνάτῃ ὥρᾳ	1	At the ninth hour	This refers to three o’clock in the afternoon. Alternate translation: “At three o’clock in the afternoon” or “In the middle of the afternoon”
1391	MRK	15	34	ls1n	translate-transliterate	Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει	1	Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani	These are Aramaic words that should be copied as is into your language with similar sounds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
1392	MRK	15	34	qw71		ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον	1	is translated	“means”
1393	MRK	15	35	apg3	figs-explicit	καί τινες τῶν παρεστηκότων, ἀκούσαντες ἔλεγον	1	When some of those standing by heard him, they said	It can be stated clearly that they misunderstood what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “When some of those standing there heard his words, they misunderstood and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1394	MRK	15	36	a8qx		ὄξους	1	sour wine	“vinegar”
1395	MRK	15	36	un73		καλάμῳ	1	a reed	“stick.” This was a staff made from a reed.
1396	MRK	15	36	yb55	figs-explicit	ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν	1	gave it to him to drink	“gave it to Jesus.” The man held up the staff so that Jesus could drink wine from the sponge. Alternate translation: “held it up to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1397	MRK	15	38	ni8j	figs-activepassive	τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο	1	The curtain of the temple was torn in two	Mark is showing that God himself split the temple curtain. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “God split the curtain of the temple in two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1398	MRK	15	39	lg4u		ὁ κεντυρίων	1	the centurion	This is the centurion who supervised the soldiers who crucified Jesus.
1399	MRK	15	39	y4wn	figs-idiom	ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐξ ἐναντίας αὐτοῦ	1	who stood in front of Jesus	Here “faced” is an idiom that means to look towards someone. Alternate translation: “who stood in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1400	MRK	15	39	t828		ὅτι οὕτως ἐξέπνευσεν	1	that he had breathed his last in this way	“how Jesus had died” or “the way Jesus had died”
1401	MRK	15	39	nqv8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1402	MRK	15	40	i1ee		ἀπὸ μακρόθεν θεωροῦσαι	1	who looked on from a distance	“watched from far away”
1403	MRK	15	40	zc9b		ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ	1	(the mother of James…and of Joses)	“who was the mother of James…and of Joses.” This can be written without the parentheses.
1404	MRK	15	40	p9xk		Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ	1	James the younger	“the younger James.” This man was referred to as “the younger” probably to distinguish him from another man named James.
1405	MRK	15	40	izn7	translate-names	Ἰωσῆ	1	Joses	This Joses was not that same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [Mark 6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1406	MRK	15	40	tw5s	translate-names	Σαλώμη	1	Salome	Salome is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1407	MRK	15	41	j15z	writing-background	αἳ ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ…αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	When he was in Galilee they followed him…with him to Jerusalem	“When Jesus was in Galilee these women followed him…with him to Jerusalem.” This is background information about the women who watched the crucifixion from a distance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1408	MRK	15	41	a3qk		συναναβᾶσαι αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	came up with him to Jerusalem	Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for people to speak of going up to Jerusalem and going down from it.
1409	MRK	15	42	lxm5			0	Connecting Statement:	Joseph of Arimathea asks Pilate for the body of Jesus, which he wraps in linen and puts in a tomb.
1410	MRK	15	42	ug97	figs-metaphor	ὀψίας γενομένης	1	evening had come	Here evening is spoken of as if it were something that is able to “come” from one place to another. Alternate translation: “it had become evening” or “it was evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1411	MRK	15	43	xn8t	writing-participants	ἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων	1	Joseph of Arimathea, a respected…came	The phrase “came there” refers to Joseph coming to Pilate, which is also described after the background information is given, but his coming is referenced before for emphasis and to help introduce him to the story. There may be a different way to do this in your language. Alternate translation: “Joseph of Arimathea was a respected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1412	MRK	15	43	wgz8	translate-names	Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας	1	Joseph of Arimathea	“Joseph from Arimathea.” Joseph is the name of a man, and Arimathea is the name of the place his is from. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1413	MRK	15	43	u7ll	writing-background	εὐσχήμων βουλευτής…τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	a respected member of the council…for the kingdom of God	This is background information about Joseph. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1414	MRK	15	43	zm1u		εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον	1	went in to Pilate	“went to Pilate” or “went in to where Pilate was”
1415	MRK	15	43	zvw4	figs-explicit	ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	asked for the body of Jesus	It can be stated clearly that he wanted to get the body so that he could bury it. Alternate translation: “asked for permission to get the body of Jesus in order to bury it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1416	MRK	15	44	z3gl	figs-explicit	ὁ δὲ Πειλᾶτος ἐθαύμασεν εἰ ἤδη τέθνηκεν; καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τὸν κεντυρίωνα	1	Pilate was amazed that Jesus was already dead, so he called the centurion	Pilate heard people saying that Jesus was dead. This surprised him, so he asked the centurion if it was true. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Pilate was amazed when he heard that Jesus was already dead, so he called the centurion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1417	MRK	15	45	v5ys		ἐδωρήσατο τὸ πτῶμα τῷ Ἰωσήφ	1	he gave the body to Joseph	“he permitted Joseph to take Jesus’ body”
1418	MRK	15	46	g4c9		σινδόνα	1	linen cloth	Linen is cloth made from the fibers of a flax plant. See how you translated this in [Mark 14:51](../14/51.md).
1419	MRK	15	46	eb9h	figs-metonymy	καθελὼν αὐτὸν…καὶ προσεκύλισεν λίθον	1	took him down from the cross…Then he rolled a stone	You may need to make explicit that Joseph probably had help from other people when he took Jesus’ body down from the cross, prepared it for the tomb, and closed the tomb. Alternate translation: “He and others took him down…Then they rolled a stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1420	MRK	15	46	g9hf	figs-activepassive	μνήματι ὃ ἦν λελατομημένον ἐκ πέτρας	1	a tomb that had been cut out of a rock	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “a tomb that someone had previously cut out of solid rock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1421	MRK	15	46	bw4k		λίθον ἐπὶ	1	a stone against	“a huge flat stone in front of”
1422	MRK	15	47	m782	translate-names	Ἰωσῆτος	1	Joses	This Joses was not that same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [Mark 6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1423	MRK	15	47	v3wu	figs-activepassive	ἐθεώρουν ποῦ τέθειται	1	the place where Jesus was buried	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the place where Joseph and the others buried Jesus’ body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1424	MRK	16	intro	j5yz			0		# Mark 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### A young man dressed in a white robe<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))
1425	MRK	16	1	cw1b			0	Connecting Statement:	On the first day of the week, women come early because they expect to use spices to anoint Jesus’ body. They are surprised to see a young man who tells them Jesus is alive, but they are afraid and do not tell anyone.
1426	MRK	16	1	p61n		καὶ διαγενομένου τοῦ Σαββάτου	1	When the Sabbath day was over	That is, after the Sabbath, the seventh day of the week, had ended and the first day of the week had begun.
1427	MRK	16	4	kld9	figs-activepassive	ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος	1	the stone had been rolled away	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1428	MRK	16	6	x9m8	figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη	1	He is risen!	The angel is emphatically stating that Jesus has risen from the dead. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “He arose!” or “God raised him from the dead!” or “He raised himself from the dead!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])